blob: 6ac18a8d88eea93f674c09a5b8c2138f371c13b9 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000015#include "CXXABI.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000018#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000019#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
Dmitri Gribenkoca7f80a2012-08-09 00:03:17 +000020#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000027#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000028#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000030#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000031#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000032#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000035#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000036#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +000038#include <map>
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000039
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000040using namespace clang;
41
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000050unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000052unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
54
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000055enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000056 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000057};
58
Dmitri Gribenkof26054f2012-07-11 21:38:39 +000059RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000060 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
61 ExternalSource->ReadComments();
62 CommentsLoaded = true;
63 }
64
65 assert(D);
66
Dmitri Gribenkodf17d642012-06-28 16:19:39 +000067 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
68 if (D->isImplicit())
69 return NULL;
70
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +000071 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
74 return NULL;
75 }
76
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000077 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
80 return NULL;
81 }
82
83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
85 return NULL;
86 }
87
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +000088 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
93 return NULL;
94 }
95
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000096 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
98 return NULL;
99 }
100
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000101 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
102 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
103 return NULL;
104
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000105 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
106 // documentation.
107 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
108 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
109 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
110 return NULL;
111
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000112 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000113
114 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
115 if (RawComments.empty())
116 return NULL;
117
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000118 // Find declaration location.
119 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
120 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
121 // location".
122 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
123 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
124 SourceLocation DeclLoc;
125 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000126 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko7f4b3772012-08-02 20:49:51 +0000127 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
128 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000129 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
130 else
131 DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
132
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000133 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
134 // can't find the comment.
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000135 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
136 return NULL;
137
138 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000139 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
140 {
141 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
142 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
143 // first.
144 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc));
145 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
146 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
147 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
148 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
149 MaybeBeforeDecl--;
150 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
151 }
152
153 if (Found) {
154 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
155 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
156 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
157 } else {
158 // Slow path.
159 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
160 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
161 }
162 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000163
164 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
165 // file buffer.
166 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
167
168 // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
169 if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000170 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
Dmitri Gribenko44cd7e62012-07-06 23:27:33 +0000171 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000172 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000173 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000174 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
175 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
176 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
177 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
178 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
179 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000180 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000181 }
182 }
183
184 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
185 // Let's look at the previous comment.
186 if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
187 return NULL;
188 --Comment;
189
190 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000191 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000192 return NULL;
193
194 // Decompose the end of the comment.
195 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000196 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000197
198 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
199 // aren't related.
200 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
201 return NULL;
202
203 // Get the corresponding buffer.
204 bool Invalid = false;
205 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
206 &Invalid).data();
207 if (Invalid)
208 return NULL;
209
210 // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
211 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
212 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
213
Dmitri Gribenko7e8729b2012-06-27 23:43:37 +0000214 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
215 // comment and declaration.
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000216 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000217 return NULL;
218
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000219 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000220}
221
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000222namespace {
223/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
224/// refer to the actual template.
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000225/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000226const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000227 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000228 // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000229 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000230 return FTD;
231
232 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
233 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
234 return D;
235
236 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
237 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
238 return FTD;
239
240 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
241 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
242 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
243 return MemberDecl;
244
245 return D;
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000246 }
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000247 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
248 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
249 // template?
250 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
251 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
252 return MemberDecl;
253
254 return D;
255 }
256 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
257 // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
258 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
259 return CTD;
260
261 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
262 // specialization?
263 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
264 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
265 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
266 return D;
267 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
268 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
269 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
270 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
271 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
272 static_cast<const Decl*>(
273 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
274 }
275
276 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
277 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
278 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
279 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
280
281 return D;
282 }
283 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
284 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
285 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
286 return MemberDecl;
287
288 return D;
289 }
290 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000291 return D;
292}
293} // unnamed namespace
294
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000295const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
296 const Decl *D,
297 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000298 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000299
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000300 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
301 {
302 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
303 RedeclComments.find(D);
304 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
305 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000306 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
307 if (OriginalDecl)
308 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000309 return Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000310 }
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000311 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000312 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000313
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000314 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
315 const RawComment *RC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000316 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000317 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
318 E = D->redecls_end();
319 I != E; ++I) {
320 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
321 RedeclComments.find(*I);
322 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
323 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
324 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
325 RC = Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000326 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000327 break;
328 }
329 } else {
330 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000331 OriginalDeclForRC = *I;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000332 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
333 if (RC) {
334 Raw.setRaw(RC);
335 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
336 } else
337 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000338 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000339 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw;
340 if (RC)
341 break;
342 }
343 }
344
Dmitri Gribenko5c8897d2012-06-28 16:25:36 +0000345 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
346 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation());
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000347
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000348 if (OriginalDecl)
349 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
350
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000351 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
352 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
353 Raw.setRaw(RC);
354 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000355 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000356
357 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
358 E = D->redecls_end();
359 I != E; ++I) {
360 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I];
361 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
362 R = Raw;
363 }
364
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000365 return RC;
366}
367
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000368static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
369 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
370 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
371 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
372 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
373 if (!ID)
374 return;
375 // Add redeclared method here.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000376 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
377 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(),
378 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end();
379 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000380 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000381 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000382 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
383 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
384 }
385 }
386}
387
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000388comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
389 const Decl *D) const {
390 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
391 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
392 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
393 ThisDeclInfo->fill();
394 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
395 comments::FullComment *CFC =
396 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
397 ThisDeclInfo);
398 return CFC;
399
400}
401
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000402comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
403 const Decl *D,
404 const Preprocessor *PP) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000405 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000406
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000407 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
408 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
409 ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000410
411 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000412 if (Canonical != D) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000413 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000414 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000415 return CFC;
416 }
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000417 return Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000418 }
419
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000420 const Decl *OriginalDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000421
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000422 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000423 if (!RC) {
424 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000425 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000426 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000427 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
428 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
429 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
430 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000431 if (OMD)
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000432 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
433 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000434 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
435 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
436 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000437 }
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000438 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000439 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000440 // does not have one of its own.
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000441 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000442 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
443 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
444 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000445 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000446 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000447 return NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000448 }
449
Dmitri Gribenkobfda9f72012-08-22 18:12:19 +0000450 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
451 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
452 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
453 // different across redeclarations.
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000454 if (D != OriginalDecl)
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000455 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000456
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000457 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000458 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
459 return FC;
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000460}
461
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000462void
463ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
464 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
465 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
466 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000467 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000468
469 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
470 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
471 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
472 PEnd = Params->end();
473 P != PEnd; ++P) {
474 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
475 ID.AddInteger(0);
476 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
477 continue;
478 }
479
480 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
481 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000482 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000483 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000484 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
485 ID.AddBoolean(true);
486 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000487 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
488 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
489 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
490 }
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000491 } else
492 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000493 continue;
494 }
495
496 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
497 ID.AddInteger(2);
498 Profile(ID, TTP);
499 }
500}
501
502TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
503ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000504 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000505 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
506 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
507 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
508 void *InsertPos = 0;
509 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
510 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
511 if (Canonical)
512 return Canonical->getParam();
513
514 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
515 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000516 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000517 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
518 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
519 PEnd = Params->end();
520 P != PEnd; ++P) {
521 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
522 CanonParams.push_back(
523 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000524 SourceLocation(),
525 SourceLocation(),
526 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000527 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
528 TTP->isParameterPack()));
529 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000530 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
531 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
532 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
533 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
534 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000535 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
536 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000537 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
538 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
539 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
540 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
541 }
542
543 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000544 SourceLocation(),
545 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000546 NTTP->getDepth(),
547 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
548 T,
549 TInfo,
550 ExpandedTypes.data(),
551 ExpandedTypes.size(),
552 ExpandedTInfos.data());
553 } else {
554 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000555 SourceLocation(),
556 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000557 NTTP->getDepth(),
558 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
559 T,
560 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
561 TInfo);
562 }
563 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
564
565 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000566 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
567 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
568 }
569
570 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
571 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
572 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000573 TTP->getPosition(),
574 TTP->isParameterPack(),
575 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000576 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
577 SourceLocation(),
578 CanonParams.data(),
579 CanonParams.size(),
580 SourceLocation()));
581
582 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
583 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
584 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
585 (void)Canonical;
586
587 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
588 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
589 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
590 return CanonTTP;
591}
592
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000593CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000594 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
595
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000596 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
597 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
598 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000599 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000600 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000601 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000602 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000603 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000604 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
605 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000606 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000607}
608
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000609static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000610 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
611 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
612 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
613 // language-specific address space.
614 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
615 1, // opencl_global
616 2, // opencl_local
Peter Collingbournef44bdf92012-05-20 21:08:35 +0000617 3, // opencl_constant
618 4, // cuda_device
619 5, // cuda_constant
620 6 // cuda_shared
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000621 };
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000622 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000623 } else {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000624 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000625 }
626}
627
Douglas Gregor7018d5b2011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000628ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000629 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000630 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000631 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000632 unsigned size_reserve,
633 bool DelayInitialization)
634 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
635 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
636 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
637 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
638 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
639 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +0000640 BuiltinVaListDecl(0),
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000641 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahanianf2578572012-08-30 18:49:41 +0000642 BOOLDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000643 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000644 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000645 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
646 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
647 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000648 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
649 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000650 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000651 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000652 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
653 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
654 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000655 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000656 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false),
Dmitri Gribenkoacf2e782013-02-22 14:21:27 +0000657 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000658 LastSDM(0, 0),
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000659 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000660{
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000661 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000662 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000663
664 if (!DelayInitialization) {
665 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
666 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
667 }
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000668}
669
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000670ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000671 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
672 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
673 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000674
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000675 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
676 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
677 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000678
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000679 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000680 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
681 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
682 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
683 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
684 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
685 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
686 R->Destroy(*this);
687
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000688 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
689 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
690 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
691 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
692 R->Destroy(*this);
693 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000694
695 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
696 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
697 A != AEnd; ++A)
698 A->second->~AttrVec();
699}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000700
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000701void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
702 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
703}
704
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000705void
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +0000706ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000707 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
708}
709
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000710void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000711 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
712 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000713
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000714 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000716#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
717#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
718 0 // Extra
719 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000720
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000721 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
722 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000723 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000724 }
725
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000726 unsigned Idx = 0;
727 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
728#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
729 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000730 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
731 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000732 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
733 ++Idx;
734#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
735#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000736
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000737 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
738
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000739 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000740 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
741 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
742 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
743 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
744 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
745 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000747 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
748 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
749 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
750 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
751 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
752 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000754 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
755 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
756 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
757 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
758 << NumImplicitDestructors
759 << " implicit destructors created\n";
760
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000761 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000762 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000763 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
764 }
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000765
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000766 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000767}
768
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000769TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
770 if (!Int128Decl) {
771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
772 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
773 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
774 SourceLocation(),
775 SourceLocation(),
776 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
777 TInfo);
778 }
779
780 return Int128Decl;
781}
782
783TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
784 if (!UInt128Decl) {
785 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
786 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
787 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
788 SourceLocation(),
789 SourceLocation(),
790 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
791 TInfo);
792 }
793
794 return UInt128Decl;
795}
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000796
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000797void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000798 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000799 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000800 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000801}
802
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000803void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
804 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
805 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000806 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000808 this->Target = &Target;
809
810 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
811 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
812
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000813 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000814 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000816 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000817 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000818 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000819 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000820 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
821 else
822 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000823 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000824 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
825 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
826 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
827 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
828 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000829
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000830 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000831 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
832 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
833 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
834 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
835 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000836
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000837 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000838 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
839 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
840 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000841
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000842 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
843 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
844 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
845
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000846 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedman786d0872011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000847 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000848 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
849 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
850 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000851 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar)
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000852 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000853
James Molloy36365542012-05-04 10:55:22 +0000854 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
855
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000856 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
857 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
858 else // C99
859 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
860
861 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
862 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
863 else // C99
864 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
865
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000866 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
867 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
868 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
869 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
870 // expressions.
871 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000872
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000873 // Placeholder type for functions.
874 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
875
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000876 // Placeholder type for bound members.
877 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
878
John McCall526ab472011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000879 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
880 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
881
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000882 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
883 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
884
John McCall8a6b59a2011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000885 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
886 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
887
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +0000888 // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
889 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
890
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000891 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000892 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
893 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
894 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000895
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000896 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000897 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
898 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000899 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000900
901 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
902 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d);
903 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray);
904 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer);
905 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d);
906 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray);
907 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000908
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +0000909 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000910 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000911 }
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000912
913 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
Fariborz Jahanian29898f42012-04-16 21:03:30 +0000914 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
915 SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000916
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000917 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000918
919 ObjCSuperType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000921 // void * type
922 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000923
924 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
925 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000926
927 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
928 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +0000929
930 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
931 VaListTagTy = QualType();
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000932}
933
David Blaikie9c902b52011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000934DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000935 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
936}
937
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000938AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
939 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
940 if (!Result) {
941 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
942 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
943 }
944
945 return *Result;
946}
947
948/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
949void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
950 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
951 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
952 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
953 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
954 }
955}
956
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000957MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000958ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000959 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000960 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000961 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
962 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
963 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000964
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000965 return Pos->second;
966}
967
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000968void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000969ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000970 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
971 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000972 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
973 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
974 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
975 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000976 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000977 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000978}
979
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000980FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
981 const FunctionDecl *FD){
982 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
983 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000984 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
985 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000986 return 0;
987
988 return Pos->second;
989}
990
991void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
992 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
993 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
994 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000995 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000996}
997
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000998NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000999ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001000 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001001 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
1002 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001003 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001005 return Pos->second;
1006}
1007
1008void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001009ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
1010 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
1011 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
1012 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
1013 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
1014 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1015 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
1016}
1017
1018UsingShadowDecl *
1019ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
1020 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
1021 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
1022 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
1023 return 0;
1024
1025 return Pos->second;
1026}
1027
1028void
1029ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
1030 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
1031 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1032 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001033}
1034
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001035FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
1036 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
1037 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
1038 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
1039 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001040
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001041 return Pos->second;
1042}
1043
1044void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
1045 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
1046 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
1047 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
1048 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
1049 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001050
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001051 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
1052}
1053
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001054bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1055 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1056 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001057 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001058}
1059
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001060bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1061 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1062 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001063 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
1064 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001065}
1066
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001067bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1068 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1069 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001070 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
1071 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001072}
1073
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001074bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001075 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1076 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001077 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001078}
1079
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001080bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001081 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1082 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001083 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001084}
1085
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001086ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1087ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1088 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001089 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001090 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1091 return 0;
1092
1093 return Pos->second.begin();
1094}
1095
1096ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1097ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1098 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001099 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001100 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1101 return 0;
1102
1103 return Pos->second.end();
1104}
1105
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001106unsigned
1107ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1108 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001109 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001110 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1111 return 0;
1112
1113 return Pos->second.size();
1114}
1115
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001116void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1117 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001118 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001119 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
1120}
1121
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +00001122void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
1123 const NamedDecl *D,
1124 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001125 assert(D);
1126
1127 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001128 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(),
1129 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001130 return;
1131 }
1132
1133 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1134 if (!Method)
1135 return;
1136
Argyrios Kyrtzidis353f6a42012-10-09 18:19:01 +00001137 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
1138 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001139 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001140}
1141
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +00001142void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
1143 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
1144 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
1145 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
1146 FirstLocalImport = Import;
1147 LastLocalImport = Import;
1148 return;
1149 }
1150
1151 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
1152 LastLocalImport = Import;
1153}
1154
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001155//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1156// Type Sizing and Analysis
1157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001158
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001159/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
1160/// scalar floating point type.
1161const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001162 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001163 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
1164 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001165 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001166 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001167 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
1168 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
1169 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001170 }
1171}
1172
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +00001173/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001174/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
1175/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001176/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
1177/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001178CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001179 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001180
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001181 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
1182 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
1183 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001184
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001185 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
1186 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
1187 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
1188 //
Peter Collingbourne2f3cf4b2011-09-29 18:04:28 +00001189 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001190 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
1191 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1192 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1193 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
1194 } else {
1195 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
1196 }
1197 }
Fariborz Jahanian9f107182011-05-05 21:19:14 +00001198 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
1199 UseAlignAttrOnly =
1200 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1201 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001202
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001203 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
1204 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001205 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001206 // do nothing
1207
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001208 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001209 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001210 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001211 if (RefAsPointee)
1212 T = RT->getPointeeType();
1213 else
1214 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
1215 }
1216 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001217 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
1218 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001219 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001220 const ArrayType *arrayType;
1221 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
1222 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001223 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001224 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
1225 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001226 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001227
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001228 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
1229 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
1230 }
Chad Rosier99ee7822011-07-26 07:03:04 +00001231 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001232 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001233
1234 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
1235 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
1236 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
1237 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
1238 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
1239 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
1240 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
1241 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
1242
1243 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001244 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001245
1246 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
1247 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
1248 if (offset > 0) {
1249 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
1250 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
1251 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
1252 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
1253 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
1254 }
1255
1256 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +00001257 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001258 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001259
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001260 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001261}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001262
John McCallf1249922012-08-21 04:10:00 +00001263// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
1264// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
1265// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
1266// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
1267std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1268ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
1269 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
1270
1271 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
1272 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
1273 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
1274 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1275 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1276 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
1277 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
1278 }
1279 }
1280
1281 return sizeAndAlign;
1282}
1283
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001284std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001285ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001286 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001287 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
1288 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001289}
1290
1291std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001292ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001293 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
1294}
1295
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001296std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
1297 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
1298 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
1299 return it->second;
1300
1301 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
1302 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info));
1303 return Info;
1304}
1305
1306/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
1307/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001308///
1309/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
1310/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
1311/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001312std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001313ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +00001314 uint64_t Width=0;
1315 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001316 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001317#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1318#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001319#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001320#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1321#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCall15547bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +00001322 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001323
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001324 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1325 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001326 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
1327 Width = 0;
1328 Align = 32;
1329 break;
1330
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001331 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001332 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001333 Width = 0;
1334 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
1335 break;
1336
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001337 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001338 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001339
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001340 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001341 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001342 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
1343 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001344 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001345 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisae40e4e2011-04-26 21:05:39 +00001346 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001347 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +00001348 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001349 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001350 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001351 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
1352 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
1353 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001354 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +00001355 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
1356 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +00001357 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001358 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
1359 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
1360 }
Chad Rosiercc40ea72012-07-13 23:57:43 +00001361 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
1362 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
1363 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
1364 Align = TargetVectorAlign;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001365 break;
1366 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001367
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001368 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001369 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001370 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001371 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001372 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
1373 Width = 0;
1374 Align = 8;
1375 break;
1376
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001377 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001378 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
1379 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001380 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001381 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
1382 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
1383 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001384 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001385 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
1386 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001387 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00001388 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
1389 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001390 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
1391 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001392 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001393 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001394 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
1395 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001396 break;
1397 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001398 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
1399 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001400 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001401 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001402 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001403 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
1404 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001405 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001406 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001407 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001408 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1409 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001410 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001411 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001412 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001413 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
1414 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001415 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001416 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001417 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001418 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
1419 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001420 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +00001421 case BuiltinType::Int128:
1422 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
1423 Width = 128;
1424 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
1425 break;
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001426 case BuiltinType::Half:
1427 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
1428 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
1429 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001430 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001431 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
1432 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001433 break;
1434 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001435 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
1436 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001437 break;
1438 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001439 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
1440 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001441 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001442 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001443 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
1444 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +00001445 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001446 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1447 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1448 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001449 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1450 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001451 break;
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00001452 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
1453 // Samplers are modeled as integers.
1454 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1455 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
1456 break;
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001457 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001458 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
1459 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
1460 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
1461 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
1462 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
1463 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
1464 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types.
1465 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1466 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
1467 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001468 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +00001469 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001470 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001471 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1472 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001473 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001474 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001475 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1476 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001477 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1478 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001479 break;
1480 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001481 case Type::LValueReference:
1482 case Type::RValueReference: {
1483 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
1484 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001485 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1486 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001487 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1488 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001489 break;
1490 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001491 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001492 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001493 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1494 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001495 break;
1496 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001497 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001498 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Reid Kleckner3a52abf2013-03-28 20:02:56 +00001499 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001500 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001501 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001502 case Type::Complex: {
1503 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1504 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001506 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001507 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001508 Align = EltInfo.second;
1509 break;
1510 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001511 case Type::ObjCObject:
1512 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001513 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001514 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001515 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001516 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001517 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001518 break;
1519 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001520 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001521 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001522 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1523
1524 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001525 Width = 8;
1526 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001527 break;
1528 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001529
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001530 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001531 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1532
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001533 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001534 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001535 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001536 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001537 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001538 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001539
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001540 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001541 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1542 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001543
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001544 case Type::Auto: {
1545 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
1546 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001547 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001548 }
1549
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001550 case Type::Paren:
1551 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1552
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001553 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001554 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001555 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1556 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001557 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1558 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1559 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1560 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1561 Align = AttrAlign;
1562 else
1563 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001564 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001565 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001566 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001567
1568 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1569 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1570 .getTypePtr());
1571
1572 case Type::TypeOf:
1573 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1574
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001575 case Type::Decltype:
1576 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1577 .getTypePtr());
1578
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001579 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1580 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1581
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001582 case Type::Elaborated:
1583 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001584
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001585 case Type::Attributed:
1586 return getTypeInfo(
1587 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1588
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001589 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001590 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001591 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001592 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1593 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1594 // aligned attribute on it.
1595 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1596 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1597 else
1598 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1599 }
1600
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001601 case Type::Atomic: {
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001602 // Start with the base type information.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001603 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1604 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1605 Width = Info.first;
1606 Align = Info.second;
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001607
1608 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max
1609 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more
1610 // favorable to atomic operations:
1611 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) {
1612 // Round the size up to a power of 2.
1613 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
1614 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width);
1615
1616 // Set the alignment equal to the size.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001617 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1618 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001619 }
1620
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001621 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001622
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001623 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001624 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001625}
1626
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001627/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1628CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1629 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1630}
1631
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001632/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1633int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1634 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1635}
1636
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001637/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1638/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001639CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001640 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001641}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001642CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001643 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001644}
1645
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001646/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001647/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001648CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001649 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001650}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001651CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001652 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001653}
1654
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001655/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1656/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1657/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1658/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001659unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001660 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001661
1662 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001663 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001664 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1665 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosierb57321a2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001666 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1667 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001668 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1669
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001670 return ABIAlign;
1671}
1672
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001673/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1674/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1675/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1676/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1677/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001678///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001679void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1680 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001681 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001682 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1683 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1684 if (!leafClass) {
1685 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1686 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001687 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001688 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001689 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001690 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001691 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1692 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1693 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001694}
1695
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001696/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1697/// those inherited by it.
1698void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001699 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001700 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001701 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1702 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1703 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1704 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001705 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001706 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001707 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001708 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001709 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001710 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1711 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001712 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001713
1714 // Categories of this Interface.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001715 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
1716 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(),
1717 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end();
1718 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
1719 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols);
1720 }
1721
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001722 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1723 while (SD) {
1724 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1725 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1726 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001727 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001728 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001729 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1730 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001731 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001732 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1733 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1734 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1735 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001736 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001737 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1738 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1739 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001740 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001741 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1742 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1743 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1744 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001745 }
1746}
1747
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001748unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001749 unsigned count = 0;
1750 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001751 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
1752 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(),
1753 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end();
1754 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
1755 count += Ext->ivar_size();
1756 }
1757
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001758 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1759 // includes synthesized ivars.
1760 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001761 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1762
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001763 return count;
1764}
1765
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2e809ce2012-02-03 05:58:16 +00001766bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
1767 if (!E)
1768 return false;
1769
1770 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
1771 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
1772
1773 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
1774 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
1775 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
1776 return true;
1777
1778 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
1779 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
1780
1781 return false;
1782}
1783
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001784/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1785ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1786 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1787 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1788 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1789 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1790 return 0;
1791}
1792/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1793ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1794 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1795 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1796 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1797 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1798 return 0;
1799}
1800
1801/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1802void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1803 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1804 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1805 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1806}
1807/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1808void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1809 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1810 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1811 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1812}
1813
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001814const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
1815 const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1816 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
1817 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001818 return ID;
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001819 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD =
1820 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001821 return CD->getClassInterface();
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001822 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD =
1823 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001824 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1825
1826 return 0;
1827}
1828
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001829/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1830/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001831Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001832 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1833 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1834 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001835 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001836 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001837 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1838}
1839
1840/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1841void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1842 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001843 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1844 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001845 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1846}
1847
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001848TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001849 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001850 if (!DataSize)
1851 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1852 else
1853 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001854 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001855
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001856 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1857 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1858 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1859 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001860}
1861
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001862TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001863 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001864 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001865 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001866 return DI;
1867}
1868
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001869const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001870ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001871 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1872}
1873
1874const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001875ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1876 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001877 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1878}
1879
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001880//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1881// Type creation/memoization methods
1882//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1883
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001884QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001885ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1886 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1887 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001888
1889 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1890 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001891 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1892 void *insertPos = 0;
1893 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1894 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1895 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001896 }
1897
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001898 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1899 QualType canon;
1900 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1901 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001902 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1903 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001904
1905 // Re-find the insert position.
1906 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1907 }
1908
1909 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1910 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1911 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001912}
1913
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001914QualType
1915ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001916 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1917 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001918 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001919
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001920 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1921 // into one ExtQuals node.
1922 QualifierCollector Quals;
1923 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001924
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001925 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1926 // another one.
1927 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1928 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1929 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001931 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001932}
1933
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001934QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001935 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001936 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001937 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001938 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001939
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001940 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1941 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001942 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001943 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1944 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1945 }
1946 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001947
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001948 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1949 // into one ExtQuals node.
1950 QualifierCollector Quals;
1951 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001953 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1954 // another one.
1955 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1956 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1957 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001959 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001960}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001961
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001962const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1963 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1964 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1965 return T;
1966
1967 QualType Result;
1968 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1969 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1970 } else {
1971 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1972 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1973 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00001974 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
1975 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1976 FPT->getNumArgs()),
1977 EPI);
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001978 }
1979
1980 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1981}
1982
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001983/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1984/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001985QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001986 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1987 // structure.
1988 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1989 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001990
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001991 void *InsertPos = 0;
1992 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1993 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001994
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001995 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1996 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1997 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001998 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001999 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002000
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002001 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2002 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002003 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002004 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002005 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002006 Types.push_back(New);
2007 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2008 return QualType(New, 0);
2009}
2010
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00002011/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
2012/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002013QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00002014 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2015 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002016 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002017 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002019 void *InsertPos = 0;
2020 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002021 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002023 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2024 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002025 QualType Canonical;
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002026 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002027 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002028
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002029 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2030 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2031 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
2032 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002033 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002034 Types.push_back(New);
2035 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002036 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00002037}
2038
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002039/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002040/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002041QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00002042 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
2043 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002044 // structure.
2045 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2046 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002047
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002048 void *InsertPos = 0;
2049 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
2050 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2051 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002052
2053 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002054 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
2055 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002056 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002057 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002058
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002059 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2060 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
2061 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002062 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002063 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002064 BlockPointerType *New
2065 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002066 Types.push_back(New);
2067 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2068 return QualType(New, 0);
2069}
2070
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002071/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2072/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002073QualType
2074ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor291e8ee2011-05-21 22:16:50 +00002075 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
2076 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
2077
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002078 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2079 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002080 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002081 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002082
2083 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002084 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
2085 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002086 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002087
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002088 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2089
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002090 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2091 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2092 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002093 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2094 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2095 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002096
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002097 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002098 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2099 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002100 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002101 }
2102
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002103 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002104 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
2105 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002106 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002107 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002108
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002109 return QualType(New, 0);
2110}
2111
2112/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2113/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002114QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002115 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2116 // structure.
2117 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002118 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002119
2120 void *InsertPos = 0;
2121 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
2122 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2123 return QualType(RT, 0);
2124
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002125 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2126
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002127 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2128 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2129 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002130 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2131 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2132 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002133
2134 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2135 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2136 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002137 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002138 }
2139
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002140 RValueReferenceType *New
2141 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002142 Types.push_back(New);
2143 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002144 return QualType(New, 0);
2145}
2146
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002147/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
2148/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002149QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002150 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2151 // structure.
2152 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2153 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
2154
2155 void *InsertPos = 0;
2156 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
2157 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2158 return QualType(PT, 0);
2159
2160 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
2161 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2162 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00002163 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002164 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
2165
2166 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2167 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
2168 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002169 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002170 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002171 MemberPointerType *New
2172 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002173 Types.push_back(New);
2174 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2175 return QualType(New, 0);
2176}
2177
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002178/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002179/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002180QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002181 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002182 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002183 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00002184 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
2185 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00002186 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
2187
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002188 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
2189 // the target.
2190 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00002191 ArySize =
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00002192 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002193
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002194 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002195 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002196
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002197 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002198 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002199 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002200 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002201
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002202 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
2203 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2204 QualType Canon;
2205 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2206 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002207 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002208 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002209 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002210
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002211 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002213 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002214 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002215 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002217 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002218 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002219 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002220 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002221 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002222}
2223
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002224/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
2225/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
2226/// sizes replaced with [*].
2227QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
2228 // Vastly most common case.
2229 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002230
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002231 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002232
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002233 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002234 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002235 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2236#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2237#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2238#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2239#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2240 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
2241
2242 // These types should never be variably-modified.
2243 case Type::Builtin:
2244 case Type::Complex:
2245 case Type::Vector:
2246 case Type::ExtVector:
2247 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
2248 case Type::ObjCObject:
2249 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2250 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
2251 case Type::Record:
2252 case Type::Enum:
2253 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
2254 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
2255 case Type::TypeOf:
2256 case Type::Decltype:
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002257 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002258 case Type::DependentName:
2259 case Type::InjectedClassName:
2260 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
2261 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
2262 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
2263 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002264 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002265 case Type::PackExpansion:
2266 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
2267
2268 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
2269 // further decay.
2270 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
2271 case Type::FunctionProto:
2272 case Type::BlockPointer:
2273 case Type::MemberPointer:
2274 return type;
2275
2276 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
2277 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
2278 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
2279 // optimizations available here.
2280 case Type::Pointer:
2281 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
2282 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
2283 break;
2284
2285 case Type::LValueReference: {
2286 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
2287 result = getLValueReferenceType(
2288 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
2289 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
2290 break;
2291 }
2292
2293 case Type::RValueReference: {
2294 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
2295 result = getRValueReferenceType(
2296 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
2297 break;
2298 }
2299
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002300 case Type::Atomic: {
2301 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
2302 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
2303 break;
2304 }
2305
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002306 case Type::ConstantArray: {
2307 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
2308 result = getConstantArrayType(
2309 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
2310 cat->getSize(),
2311 cat->getSizeModifier(),
2312 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2313 break;
2314 }
2315
2316 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
2317 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
2318 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
2319 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
2320 dat->getSizeExpr(),
2321 dat->getSizeModifier(),
2322 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2323 dat->getBracketsRange());
2324 break;
2325 }
2326
2327 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
2328 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
2329 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
2330 result = getVariableArrayType(
2331 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
2332 /*size*/ 0,
2333 ArrayType::Normal,
2334 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2335 SourceRange());
2336 break;
2337 }
2338
2339 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
2340 case Type::VariableArray: {
2341 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
2342 result = getVariableArrayType(
2343 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
2344 /*size*/ 0,
2345 ArrayType::Star,
2346 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2347 vat->getBracketsRange());
2348 break;
2349 }
2350 }
2351
2352 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002353 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002354}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002355
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00002356/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
2357/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002358QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
2359 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002360 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002361 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002362 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002363 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
2364 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002365 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002366
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002367 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
2368 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2369 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002370 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002371 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002372 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002373 }
2374
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002375 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002376 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002377
2378 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
2379 Types.push_back(New);
2380 return QualType(New, 0);
2381}
2382
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002383/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
2384/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00002385/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002386QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
2387 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002388 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002389 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
2390 SourceRange brackets) const {
2391 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
2392 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002393 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
2394
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002395 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
2396 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
2397 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
2398 // because they can't be used in most locations.
2399 if (!numElements) {
2400 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
2401 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2402 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
2403 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2404 brackets);
2405 Types.push_back(newType);
2406 return QualType(newType, 0);
2407 }
2408
2409 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
2410 // also build a canonical type.
2411
2412 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
2413
2414 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002415 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002416 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002417 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002418 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002419
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002420 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
2421 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
2422 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002423
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002424 // If we don't have one, build one.
2425 if (!canonTy) {
2426 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002427 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002428 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2429 brackets);
2430 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
2431 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002432 }
2433
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002434 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
2435 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002436 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002438 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
2439 // then just use that as our result.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002440 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType)
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002441 return canon;
2442
2443 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
2444 // of the element type.
2445 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
2446 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2447 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
2448 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
2449 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
2450 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002451}
2452
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002453QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002454 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002455 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002456 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002457 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002458
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002459 void *insertPos = 0;
2460 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
2461 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
2462 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002463
2464 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002465 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
2466 // qualifiers off the element type.
2467 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002468
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002469 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2470 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002471 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002472 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002473 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002474
2475 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002476 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
2477 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2478 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00002479 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002480
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002481 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2482 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002483
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002484 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
2485 Types.push_back(newType);
2486 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002487}
2488
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002489/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
2490/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00002491QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002492 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002493 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002494
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002495 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2496 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002497 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002498
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002499 void *InsertPos = 0;
2500 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2501 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2502
2503 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2504 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2505 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002506 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002507 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002508
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002509 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2510 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002511 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002512 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002513 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002514 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002515 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2516 Types.push_back(New);
2517 return QualType(New, 0);
2518}
2519
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002520/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002521/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002522QualType
2523ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor39c02722011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002524 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002525
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002526 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2527 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002528 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002529 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002530 void *InsertPos = 0;
2531 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2532 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2533
2534 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2535 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2536 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002537 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002538 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002539
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002540 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2541 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002542 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002543 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002544 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2545 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002546 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2547 Types.push_back(New);
2548 return QualType(New, 0);
2549}
2550
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002551QualType
2552ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2553 Expr *SizeExpr,
2554 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002555 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002556 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002557 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002559 void *InsertPos = 0;
2560 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2561 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2562 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2563 if (Canon) {
2564 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2565 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002566 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2567 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2568 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002569 } else {
2570 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2571 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002572 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2573 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2574 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002575
2576 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2577 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2578 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2579 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002580 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2581 } else {
2582 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2583 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002584 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2585 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002586 }
2587 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002588
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002589 Types.push_back(New);
2590 return QualType(New, 0);
2591}
2592
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002593/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002594///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002595QualType
2596ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2597 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002598 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2599 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2600 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002601 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2602 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002603 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002604 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002605
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002606 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002608 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002609 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002610
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002611 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002612 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002613 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002614 Canonical =
2615 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2616 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002617
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002618 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002619 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2620 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002621 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002622 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002623
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002624 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002625 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002626 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002627 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002628 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002629 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002630}
2631
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002632/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
2633static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
2634 return T.isCanonical() &&
2635 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
2636 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
2637}
2638
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002639/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2640/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002641QualType
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002642ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002643 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002644 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size();
2645
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002646 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2647 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002648 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002649 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI,
2650 *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002651
2652 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002653 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002654 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002655 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002656
2657 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002658 bool isCanonical =
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002659 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) &&
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002660 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002661 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002662 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002663 isCanonical = false;
2664
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002665 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2666 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2667 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002668
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002669 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002670 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002671 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002672 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002673 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002674 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2675 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002676 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002677
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002678 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002679 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002680 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2681 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002682 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2683 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2684
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002685 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
2686 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy);
2687 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
2688 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers();
2689 Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
2690 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
2691 }
2692
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002693 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002694
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002695 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002696 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2697 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002698 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002699 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002700
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002701 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2702 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2703 // - parameter types
2704 // - exception types
2705 // - consumed-arguments flags
2706 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002707 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception
2708 // specification.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002709 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002710 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002711 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002712 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002713 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002714 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Richard Smithf623c962012-04-17 00:58:00 +00002715 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) {
Richard Smithd3729422012-04-19 00:08:28 +00002716 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002717 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) {
2718 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002719 }
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002720 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2721 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2722
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002723 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002724 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2725 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002726 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002727 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002728 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002729 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002730}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00002731
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002732#ifndef NDEBUG
2733static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2734 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2735 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2736 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2737 return true;
2738 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2739 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2740 return true;
2741 return false;
2742}
2743#endif
2744
2745/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2746/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2747QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002748 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002749 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2750 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2751 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002752 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002753 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2754 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2755 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2756 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002757 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002758 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002759 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2760 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002761 }
2762 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2763}
2764
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002765/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2766/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002767QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002768 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002769 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002770
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002771 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002772 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002773
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002774 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2775 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2776
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002777 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002778 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002779 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2780 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002781 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002782 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002783 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002784 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002785 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002786 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002787 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002788 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2789 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2790 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002791 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002792 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002793
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002794 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002795}
2796
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002797/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002798/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002799QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002800ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2801 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002802 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002804 if (Canonical.isNull())
2805 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002806 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002807 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002808 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2809 Types.push_back(newType);
2810 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002811}
2812
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002813QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002814 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2815
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002816 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002817 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2818 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2819
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002820 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2821 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2822 Types.push_back(newType);
2823 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002824}
2825
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002826QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002827 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2828
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002829 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002830 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2831 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2832
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002833 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2834 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2835 Types.push_back(newType);
2836 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002837}
2838
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002839QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2840 QualType modifiedType,
2841 QualType equivalentType) {
2842 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2843 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2844
2845 void *insertPos = 0;
2846 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2847 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2848
2849 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2850 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2851 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2852
2853 Types.push_back(type);
2854 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2855
2856 return QualType(type, 0);
2857}
2858
2859
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002860/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2861QualType
2862ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002863 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002864 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002865 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2866
2867 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2868 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2869 void *InsertPos = 0;
2870 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2871 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2872
2873 if (!SubstParm) {
2874 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2875 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2876 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2877 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2878 }
2879
2880 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2881}
2882
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002883/// \brief Retrieve a
2884QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2885 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2886 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2887#ifndef NDEBUG
2888 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2889 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2890 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2891 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2892 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2893 }
2894#endif
2895
2896 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2897 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2898 void *InsertPos = 0;
2899 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2900 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2901 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2902
2903 QualType Canon;
2904 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2905 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2906 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2907 ArgPack);
2908 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2909 }
2910
2911 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2912 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2913 ArgPack);
2914 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2915 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2916 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2917}
2918
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002919/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002920/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002921/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002923 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002924 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002925 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002926 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002927 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002928 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002929 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2930
2931 if (TypeParm)
2932 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002933
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002934 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002935 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002936 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002937
2938 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2939 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2940 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2941 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002942 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002943 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2944 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002945
2946 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2947 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2948
2949 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2950}
2951
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002952TypeSourceInfo *
2953ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2954 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2955 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002956 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002957 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2958 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002959 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002960
2961 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
David Blaikie6adc78e2013-02-18 22:06:02 +00002962 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
2963 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
Abramo Bagnara48c05be2012-02-06 14:41:24 +00002964 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002965 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2966 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2967 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2968 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2969 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2970 return DI;
2971}
2972
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002973QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002974ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002975 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002976 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002977 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2978 "No dependent template names here!");
2979
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002980 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2981
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002982 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002983 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2984 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2985 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2986
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002987 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002988 Underlying);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002989}
2990
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002991#ifndef NDEBUG
2992static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
2993 unsigned NumArgs) {
2994 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2995 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
2996 return true;
2997
2998 return true;
2999}
3000#endif
3001
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003002QualType
3003ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003004 const TemplateArgument *Args,
3005 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003006 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003007 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3008 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003009 // Look through qualified template names.
3010 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3011 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003012
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003013 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003014 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
3015 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003016 QualType CanonType;
3017 if (!Underlying.isNull())
3018 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
3019 else {
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003020 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
3021 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
3022 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
3023 "Caller must compute aliased type");
3024 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003025 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
3026 NumArgs);
3027 }
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00003028
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003029 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
3030 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
3031 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003032 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3033 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003034 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003035 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003036 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003037 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
3038 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003039
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003040 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003041 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003042}
3043
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003044QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003045ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
3046 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003047 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003048 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3049 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003050
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003051 // Look through qualified template names.
3052 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3053 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003054
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003055 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
3056 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003057 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003058 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
3059 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3060 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
3061
3062 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
3063 // exists.
3064 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3065 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
3066 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
3067
3068 void *InsertPos = 0;
3069 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
3070 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3071
3072 if (!Spec) {
3073 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
3074 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3075 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3076 TypeAlignment);
3077 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
3078 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003079 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003080 Types.push_back(Spec);
3081 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
3082 }
3083
3084 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
3085 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
3086 return QualType(Spec, 0);
3087}
3088
3089QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003090ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3091 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003092 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003093 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003094 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003095
3096 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003097 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003098 if (T)
3099 return QualType(T, 0);
3100
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003101 QualType Canon = NamedType;
3102 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3103 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003104 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3105 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003106 (void)CheckT;
3107 }
3108
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003109 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003110 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003111 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003112 return QualType(T, 0);
3113}
3114
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003115QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003116ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003117 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3118 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
3119
3120 void *InsertPos = 0;
3121 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3122 if (T)
3123 return QualType(T, 0);
3124
3125 QualType Canon = InnerType;
3126 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3127 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
3128 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3129 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
3130 (void)CheckT;
3131 }
3132
3133 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
3134 Types.push_back(T);
3135 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3136 return QualType(T, 0);
3137}
3138
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003139QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3140 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3141 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003142 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003143 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
3144
3145 if (Canon.isNull()) {
3146 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003147 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3148 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
3149 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3150
3151 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
3152 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003153 }
3154
3155 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003156 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003157
3158 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003159 DependentNameType *T
3160 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003161 if (T)
3162 return QualType(T, 0);
3163
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003164 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003165 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003166 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003167 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003168}
3169
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003170QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003171ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3172 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003173 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003174 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003175 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003176 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003177 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003178 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
3179 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
3180 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
3181 ArgCopy.size(),
3182 ArgCopy.data());
3183}
3184
3185QualType
3186ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3187 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3188 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3189 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
3190 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003191 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003192 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3193 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003194
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003195 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003196 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
3197 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003198
3199 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003200 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
3201 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003202 if (T)
3203 return QualType(T, 0);
3204
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003205 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003206
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003207 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3208 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3209
3210 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003211 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003212 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
3213 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
3214 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
3215 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003216 }
3217
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003218 QualType Canon;
3219 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
3220 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
3221 Name, NumArgs,
3222 CanonArgs.data());
3223
3224 // Find the insert position again.
3225 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3226 }
3227
3228 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
3229 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3230 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00003231 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003232 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003233 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003234 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003235 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003236}
3237
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003238QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00003239 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003240 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003241 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003242
3243 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
3244 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
3245 void *InsertPos = 0;
3246 PackExpansionType *T
3247 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3248 if (T)
3249 return QualType(T, 0);
3250
3251 QualType Canon;
3252 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003253 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
3254 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
3255 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
3256 // parameters.
3257 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
3258 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003259
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003260 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
3261 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
3262 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3263 }
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003264 }
3265
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003266 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003267 Types.push_back(T);
3268 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3269 return QualType(T, 0);
3270}
3271
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003272/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
3273/// alphabetically.
3274static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
3275 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00003276 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003277}
3278
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003279static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003280 unsigned NumProtocols) {
3281 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
3282
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003283 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
3284 return false;
3285
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003286 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003287 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
3288 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003289 return false;
3290 return true;
3291}
3292
3293static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003294 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
3295 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003296
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003297 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
3298 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
3299
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003300 // Canonicalize.
3301 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
3302 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
3303
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003304 // Remove duplicates.
3305 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
3306 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
3307}
3308
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003309QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
3310 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003311 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003312 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
3313 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
3314 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
3315 return BaseType;
3316
3317 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003318 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003319 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003320 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003321 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3322 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003323
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003324 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
3325 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003326 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003327 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
3328 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
3329 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003330 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003331 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003332 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
3333
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003334 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003335 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3336 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003337 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003338 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3339 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003340 }
3341
3342 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003343 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3344 }
3345
3346 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
3347 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
3348 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
3349 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
3350 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
3351
3352 Types.push_back(T);
3353 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3354 return QualType(T, 0);
3355}
3356
3357/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
3358/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003359QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003360 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3361 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
3362
3363 void *InsertPos = 0;
3364 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
3365 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3366 return QualType(QT, 0);
3367
3368 // Find the canonical object type.
3369 QualType Canonical;
3370 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
3371 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
3372
3373 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003374 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3375 }
3376
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00003377 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003378 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
3379 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
3380 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003381
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003382 Types.push_back(QType);
3383 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003384 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003385}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003386
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003387/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3388/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003389QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
3390 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003391 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
3392 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003393
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003394 if (PrevDecl) {
3395 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
3396 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3397 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3398 }
3399
Douglas Gregor7671e532011-12-16 16:34:57 +00003400 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
3401 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
3402 Decl = Def;
3403
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003404 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
3405 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
3406 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
3407 Types.push_back(T);
3408 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00003409}
3410
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003411/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
3412/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003413/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003415/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003416QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003417 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003418 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
3419 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3420 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003421
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003422 void *InsertPos = 0;
3423 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
3424 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3425 if (Canon) {
3426 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
3427 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003428 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003429 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003430 } else {
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003431 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003432 Canon
3433 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003434 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3435 toe = Canon;
3436 }
3437 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003438 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003439 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003440 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003441 Types.push_back(toe);
3442 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003443}
3444
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003445/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3446/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3447/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003448/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003449/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003450QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003451 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003452 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003453 Types.push_back(tot);
3454 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003455}
3456
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00003457
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003458/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3459/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3460/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie876657b2011-11-06 22:28:03 +00003462/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003463QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003464 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor678d76c2011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003465
3466 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
3467 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
3468 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
3469 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
3470 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003471 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3472 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003473
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003474 void *InsertPos = 0;
3475 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
3476 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3477 if (Canon) {
3478 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
3479 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
Richard Smithef8bf432012-08-13 20:08:14 +00003480 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003481 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003482 } else {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003483 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003484 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003485 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3486 dt = Canon;
3487 }
3488 } else {
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003489 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
3490 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003491 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003492 Types.push_back(dt);
3493 return QualType(dt, 0);
3494}
3495
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003496/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
3497/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
3498QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
3499 QualType UnderlyingType,
3500 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
3501 const {
3502 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor6c6e6762011-05-25 17:51:54 +00003503 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
3504 Kind,
3505 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne15d48ec2012-03-05 16:02:06 +00003506 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003507 Types.push_back(Ty);
3508 return QualType(Ty, 0);
3509}
3510
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003511/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003512QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003513 void *InsertPos = 0;
3514 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
3515 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
3516 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3517 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
3518 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3519 return QualType(AT, 0);
3520 }
3521
3522 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
3523 Types.push_back(AT);
3524 if (InsertPos)
3525 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
3526 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003527}
3528
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00003529/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
3530/// the given value type.
3531QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
3532 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
3533 // structure.
3534 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3535 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
3536
3537 void *InsertPos = 0;
3538 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3539 return QualType(AT, 0);
3540
3541 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3542 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3543 QualType Canonical;
3544 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3545 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3546
3547 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3548 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3549 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3550 }
3551 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3552 Types.push_back(New);
3553 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3554 return QualType(New, 0);
3555}
3556
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003557/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3558QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3559 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
3560 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
3561 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3562 return AutoDeductTy;
3563}
3564
3565/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3566QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3567 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3568 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3569 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3570 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3571}
3572
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003573/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3574/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003575QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003576 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003577 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3578 // away const? mutable?
3579 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003580}
3581
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003582/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3583/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3584/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003585CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003586 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00003587}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003588
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003589/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3590CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3591 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3592}
3593
3594/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3595CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3596 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3597}
3598
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003599/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3600/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3601QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3602 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3603 return WCharTy;
3604}
3605
3606/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3607/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3608QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3609 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3610 return UnsignedIntTy;
3611}
3612
Enea Zaffanellaf11ceb62013-01-26 17:08:37 +00003613QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
3614 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
3615}
3616
3617QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
3618 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
3619}
3620
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003621/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003622/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3623QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003624 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003625}
3626
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00003627/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
3628/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
3629QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
3630 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
3631}
3632
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003633//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3634// Type Operators
3635//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3636
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003637CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003638 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3639 // qualifiers.
3640 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003641 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003642 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003643 QualType Result;
3644 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3645 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3646 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3647 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3648 } else {
3649 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3650 }
3651
3652 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3653}
3654
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003655QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3656 Qualifiers &quals) {
3657 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3658
3659 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3660 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3661 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3662 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3663 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003664 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003665
3666 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003667 if (!AT) {
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003668 quals = splitType.Quals;
3669 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003670 }
3671
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003672 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3673 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3674 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3675
3676 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3677 // can just use the results in splitType.
3678 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3679 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003680 quals = splitType.Quals;
3681 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003682 }
3683
3684 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3685 // build the type back up.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003686 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003687
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003688 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003689 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003690 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3691 }
3692
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003693 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003694 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003695 }
3696
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003697 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003698 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003699 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003700 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3701 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3702 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3703 }
3704
3705 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003706 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003707 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3708 SourceRange());
3709}
3710
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003711/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3712/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3713/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3714/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3715/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3716/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3717/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3718/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3719bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3720 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3721 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3722 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3723 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3724 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3725 return true;
3726 }
3727
3728 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3729 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3730 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3731 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3732 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3733 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3734 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3735 return true;
3736 }
3737
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003738 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003739 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3740 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3741 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3742 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3743 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3744 return true;
3745 }
3746 }
3747
3748 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3749
3750 return false;
3751}
3752
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003753DeclarationNameInfo
3754ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3755 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003756 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3757 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3758 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003759 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003760 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3761 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003762
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003763 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3764 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3765 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3766 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3767 }
3768
3769 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3770 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003771 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003772 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003773 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3774 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003775 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003776 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3777 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3778 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3779 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3780 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3781 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003782 }
3783 }
3784
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003785 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3786 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3787 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3788 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3789 NameLoc);
3790 }
3791
3792 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3793 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3794 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3795 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3796 NameLoc);
3797 }
3798 }
3799
3800 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003801}
3802
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003803TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003804 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3805 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3806 case TemplateName::Template: {
3807 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003808 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003809 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003810 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3811
3812 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003813 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003814 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003815
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003816 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3817 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003818
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003819 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3820 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3821 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3822 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3823 }
3824
3825 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3826 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3827 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3828 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3829 }
3830
3831 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3832 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3833 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3834 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3835 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3836 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3837 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3838 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3839 }
3840 }
3841
3842 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003843}
3844
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003845bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3846 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3847 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3848 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3849}
3850
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003851TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003852ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003853 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3854 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3855 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003856
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003857 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003858 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003859
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003860 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003861 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
3862 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam());
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003863 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003864
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003865 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
3866 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
3867 /*isNullPtr*/true);
3868
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003869 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3870 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003871
3872 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3873 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3874 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003875 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003876
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003877 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
Benjamin Kramer6003ad52012-06-07 15:09:51 +00003878 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003879
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003880 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003881 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003882
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003883 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003884 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3885 return Arg;
3886
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003887 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3888 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003889 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003890 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003891 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3892 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3893 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003894
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003895 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003896 }
3897 }
3898
3899 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003900 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003901}
3902
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003903NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003904ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003905 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003906 return 0;
3907
3908 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3909 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3910 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003911 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003912 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3913 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3914
3915 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3916 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3917 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003918 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3919 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3920
3921 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3922 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3923 // this namespace and no prefix.
3924 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3925 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3926 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003927
3928 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3929 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3930 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003931
3932 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3933 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3934 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3935 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3936 // types, e.g.,
3937 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3938 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003939 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
3940 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003941 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003942
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003943 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
3944 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
3945 // first place?
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003946 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3947 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003948 }
3949
3950 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3951 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3952 return NNS;
3953 }
3954
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00003955 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003956}
3957
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003958
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003959const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003960 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003961 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003962 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3963 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3964 return AT;
3965 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003966
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003967 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003968 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003969 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003970
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003971 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003972 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3973 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003974
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003975 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3976 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003977 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003978
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003979 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003980 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003981
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003982 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003983 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003984 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003985 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003986
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003987 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3988 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003989 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003990
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003991 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3992 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3993 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003994 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003995 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3996 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3997 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003998 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003999
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004000 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004001 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
4002 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004003 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004004 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004005 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004006 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004007 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004009 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004010 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004011 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004012 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004013 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004014 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00004015}
4016
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004017QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004018 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
4019 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
4020 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
4021 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
4022 // the array type derivation.
4023 if (T->isArrayType())
4024 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
4025
4026 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
4027 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
4028 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
4029 // in 6.3.2.1.
4030 if (T->isFunctionType())
4031 return getPointerType(T);
4032
4033 return T;
4034}
4035
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004036QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004037 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
4038 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
4039 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
4040}
4041
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004042/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
4043/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
4044/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
4045/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
4046///
4047/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004048QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004049 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
4050 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
4051 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
4052 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
4053 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
4054 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004055
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004056 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004057
4058 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004059 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004060}
4061
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004062QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
4063 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00004064}
4065
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004066QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
4067 Qualifiers qs;
4068 while (true) {
4069 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004070 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004071 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004072
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004073 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004074 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004075 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004076
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004077 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00004078}
4079
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004080/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004081uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004082ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
4083 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
4084 do {
4085 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
Richard Smith7808c6a2012-12-06 03:04:50 +00004086 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
4087 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004088 } while (CA);
4089 return ElementCount;
4090}
4091
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004092/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
4093/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004094static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004095 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004096 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004097
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004098 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
4099 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004100 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00004101 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004102 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
4103 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
4104 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004105 }
4106}
4107
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004108/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
4109/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00004110/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
4111/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004112QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
4113 QualType Domain) const {
4114 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
4115 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
4116 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004117 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004118 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
4119 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
4120 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
4121 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004122 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004123
4124 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
4125 switch (EltRank) {
Joey Goulydd7f4562013-01-23 11:56:20 +00004126 case HalfRank: return HalfTy;
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004127 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
4128 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
4129 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004130 }
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004131 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004132}
4133
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004134/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
4135/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
4136/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004137/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004138int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004139 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
4140 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004141
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004142 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004143 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004144 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004145 return 1;
4146 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004147}
4148
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004149/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
4150/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
4151/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004152unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004153 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00004154
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004155 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004156 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004157 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004158 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004159 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4160 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4161 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4162 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004163 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004164 case BuiltinType::Short:
4165 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004166 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004167 case BuiltinType::Int:
4168 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004169 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004170 case BuiltinType::Long:
4171 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004172 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004173 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4174 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004175 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004176 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4177 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4178 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004179 }
4180}
4181
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004182/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
4183/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
4184///
4185/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
4186/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004187QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00004188 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4189 return QualType();
4190
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004191 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
4192 if (!Field)
4193 return QualType();
4194
4195 QualType FT = Field->getType();
4196
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004197 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004198 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
4199 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
4200 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
4201 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
4202 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
4203 return IntTy;
4204
4205 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
4206 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4207
4208 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
4209 // like the base type.
4210 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
4211 // is ridiculous.
4212 return QualType();
4213}
4214
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004215/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
4216/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
4217/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004218QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004219 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
4220 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004221 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
4222 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman3f37c1c2011-10-26 07:22:48 +00004223
4224 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4225 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
4226 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
4227 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
4228 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
4229 // unsigned long long int [...]
4230 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
4231 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
4232 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
4233 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
4234 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
4235 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
4236 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
4237 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
4238 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
4239 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
4240 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
4241 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
4242 (FromSize == ToSize &&
4243 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
4244 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
4245 }
4246 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
4247 }
4248 }
4249
4250 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004251 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
4252 return IntTy;
Eli Friedman6745c3b2012-11-15 01:21:59 +00004253 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
4254 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004255 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
4256 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4257}
4258
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004259/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
4260/// type and returns its ownership.
4261Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
4262 while (!T.isNull()) {
4263 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4264 return T.getObjCLifetime();
4265 if (T->isArrayType())
4266 T = getBaseElementType(T);
4267 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4268 T = PT->getPointeeType();
4269 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8e252532011-07-01 23:01:46 +00004270 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004271 else
4272 break;
4273 }
4274
4275 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4276}
4277
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004278/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004279/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004281int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004282 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
4283 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004284 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004285
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004286 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4287 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004288
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004289 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
4290 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004291
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004292 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
4293 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
4294 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
4295 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004296
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004297 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
4298 if (LHSUnsigned) {
4299 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
4300 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
4301 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004302
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004303 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4304 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004305 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004306 return -1;
4307 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004308
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004309 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
4310 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
4311 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004312
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004313 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4314 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004315 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004316 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004317}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004318
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004319static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004320CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
4321 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
4322 SourceLocation Loc;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004323 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004324 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004325 else
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004326 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004327}
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004328
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004329// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004330QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004331 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004332 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004333 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004334 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004335 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004336
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004337 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004338
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004339 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004340 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004341 // int flags;
4342 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004343 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004344 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004345 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004346 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
4347
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004348 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004349 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004350 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004351 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004352 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004353 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004354 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004355 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004356 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004357 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004358 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004359 }
4360
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004361 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004362 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004363
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004364 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00004365}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004366
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00004367QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
4368 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
4369 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl =
4370 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super"));
4371 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4372 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4373 }
4374 return ObjCSuperType;
4375}
4376
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004377void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004378 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004379 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
4380 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
4381}
4382
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004383QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004384 if (BlockDescriptorType)
4385 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4386
4387 RecordDecl *T;
4388 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004389 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004390 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004391 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004392
4393 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4394 UnsignedLongTy,
4395 UnsignedLongTy,
4396 };
4397
4398 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4399 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004400 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004401 };
4402
4403 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004404 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004405 SourceLocation(),
4406 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004407 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004408 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004409 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004410 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004411 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004412 T->addDecl(Field);
4413 }
4414
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004415 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004416
4417 BlockDescriptorType = T;
4418
4419 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4420}
4421
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004422QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004423 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
4424 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4425
4426 RecordDecl *T;
4427 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004428 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004429 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004430 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004431
4432 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4433 UnsignedLongTy,
4434 UnsignedLongTy,
4435 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4436 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
4437 };
4438
4439 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4440 "reserved",
4441 "Size",
4442 "CopyFuncPtr",
4443 "DestroyFuncPtr"
4444 };
4445
4446 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004447 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004448 SourceLocation(),
4449 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004450 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004451 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004452 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004453 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004454 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004455 T->addDecl(Field);
4456 }
4457
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004458 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004459
4460 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
4461
4462 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4463}
4464
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004465/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
4466/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
4467/// in buildByrefHelpers.
4468bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
4469 const VarDecl *D) {
4470 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4471 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D);
4472 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
4473
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004474 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00004475 }
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004476
4477 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
4478
4479 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
4480
4481 // If we have lifetime, that dominates.
4482 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
4483 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4484
4485 switch (lifetime) {
4486 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
4487
4488 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
4489 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4490 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4491 return false;
4492
4493 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the
4494 // byref routines.
4495 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4496 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained.
4497 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4498 return true;
4499 }
4500 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
4501 }
4502 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
4503 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004504}
4505
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004506bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
4507 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
4508 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
4509
4510 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
4511 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4512 return false;
4513
4514 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
Fariborz Jahanianf762b722012-12-11 19:58:01 +00004515 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004516 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
4517 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4518 }
4519 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
4520 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime();
4521 // MRR.
4522 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4523 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
4524 else
4525 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4526 return true;
4527}
4528
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +00004529TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
4530 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
4531 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
4532 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4533 SourceLocation(),
4534 SourceLocation(),
4535 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
4536 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
4537 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
4538}
4539
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004540// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
4541// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00004542static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004543 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00004544 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
4545 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004546
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004547 return false;
4548}
4549
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004550/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004551/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004552CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004553 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4554 return CharUnits::Zero();
4555
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004556 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004557
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004558 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004559 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004560 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004561 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4562 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004563 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004564 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004565}
4566
4567static inline
4568std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4569 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004570}
4571
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004572/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004573/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004574std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4575 std::string S;
4576
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004577 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4578 QualType BlockTy =
4579 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4580 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004581 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004582 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None,
4583 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4584 S, true /*Extended*/);
4585 else
4586 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4587 S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004588 // Compute size of all parameters.
4589 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4590 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4591 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004592 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4593 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004594 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004595 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4596 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004597 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahaniand4879412012-06-30 00:48:59 +00004598 if (sz.isZero())
4599 continue;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004600 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004601 ParmOffset += sz;
4602 }
4603 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004604 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004605 // Block pointer and offset.
4606 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004607
4608 // Argument types.
4609 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4610 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4611 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4612 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4613 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4614 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4615 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4616 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4617 // elements.
4618 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4619 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4620 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4621 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004622 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004623 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
4624 S, true /*Extended*/);
4625 else
4626 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004627 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004628 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004629 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004630
4631 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004632}
4633
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004634bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004635 std::string& S) {
4636 // Encode result type.
4637 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4638 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4639 // Compute size of all parameters.
4640 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4641 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4642 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4643 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004644 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004645 continue;
4646
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004647 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004648 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004649 ParmOffset += sz;
4650 }
4651 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4652 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4653
4654 // Argument types.
4655 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4656 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4657 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4658 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4659 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4660 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4661 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4662 // elements.
4663 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4664 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4665 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4666 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4667 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4668 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4669 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4670 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004671
4672 return false;
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004673}
4674
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004675/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4676/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4677/// block object types.
4678void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4679 QualType T, std::string& S,
4680 bool Extended) const {
4681 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4682 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4683 // Encode parameter type.
4684 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4685 true /*OutermostType*/,
4686 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4687 false /*StructField*/,
4688 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4689 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4690}
4691
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004692/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004693/// declaration.
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004694bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004695 std::string& S,
4696 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004697 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004698 // Encode return type.
4699 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4700 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004701 // Compute size of all parameters.
4702 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4703 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4704 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004705 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004706 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4707 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004708 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004709 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004710 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004711 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004712 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004713 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004714 continue;
4715
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004716 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4717 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004718 ParmOffset += sz;
4719 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004720 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004721 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004722 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004723
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004724 // Argument types.
4725 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004726 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004727 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004728 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004729 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004730 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004731 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4732 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4733 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004734 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004735 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4736 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4737 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004738 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4739 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004740 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004741 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004742 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004743
4744 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004745}
4746
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004747/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004748/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004749/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4750/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004751/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4752/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4753/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4754/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4755/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004756/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4757/// @code
4758/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4759/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4760/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4761/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4762/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4763/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4764/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4765/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson8cf61852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00004766/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004767/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4768/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4769/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4770/// };
4771/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004772void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004773 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004774 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004775 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4776 bool Dynamic = false;
4777 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4778
4779 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4780 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004781 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004782 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4783 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004784 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004785 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004786 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004787 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4788 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4789 Dynamic = true;
4790 } else {
4791 SynthesizePID = PID;
4792 }
4793 }
4794 }
4795 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004796 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004797 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004798 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004799 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004800 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004801 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4802 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4803 Dynamic = true;
4804 } else {
4805 SynthesizePID = PID;
4806 }
4807 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004808 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004809 }
4810 }
4811
4812 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4813 S = "T";
4814
4815 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004816 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4817 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004818 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004819 true /* outermost type */,
4820 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004821
4822 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4823 S += ",R";
4824 } else {
4825 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4826 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4827 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004828 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian70a315c2011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004829 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004830 }
4831 }
4832
4833 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4834 // are "dynamic by default".
4835 if (Dynamic)
4836 S += ",D";
4837
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004838 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4839 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004840
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004841 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4842 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004843 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004844 }
4845
4846 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4847 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004848 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004849 }
4850
4851 if (SynthesizePID) {
4852 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4853 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004854 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004855 }
4856
4857 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4858}
4859
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004860/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004861/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4862/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004863/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4864///
4865void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004866 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004867 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004868 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004869 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004870 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004871 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004872 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4873 }
4874 }
4875}
4876
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004877void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004878 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004879 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4880 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4881 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4882 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004883 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004884 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004885}
4886
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004887static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
4888 BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
4889 switch (kind) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004890 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4891 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4892 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4893 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004894 case BuiltinType::Char16:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004895 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004896 case BuiltinType::Char32:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004897 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4898 case BuiltinType::ULong:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004899 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004900 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4901 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4902 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4903 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4904 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004905 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4906 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004907 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4908 case BuiltinType::Long:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004909 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004910 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4911 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4912 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4913 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004914 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004915 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char*
4916
4917 case BuiltinType::Half:
4918 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
4919 return ' ';
4920
4921 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
4922 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
4923 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
4924 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
4925
4926 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
4927 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
4928 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
4929 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
4930 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
4931 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
4932 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00004933 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00004934 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004935 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
4936#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
4937#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
4938 case BuiltinType::KIND:
4939#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4940 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004941 }
David Blaikie5a6a0202013-01-09 17:48:41 +00004942 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004943}
4944
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004945static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
4946 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
4947
4948 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
4949 if (!Enum->isFixed())
4950 return 'i';
4951
4952 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004953 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
4954 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004955}
4956
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004957static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004958 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004959 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004960 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004961 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4962 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4963 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4964 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4965 //
4966 // struct
4967 // {
4968 // int integer;
4969 // int flags:2;
4970 // };
4971 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4972 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4973 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4974 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4975 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
John McCall5fb5df92012-06-20 06:18:46 +00004976 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004977 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4978 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedmana3c122d2011-07-07 01:54:01 +00004979 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004980 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
4981 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004982 else {
4983 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
4984 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
4985 }
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004986 }
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004987 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004988}
4989
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004990// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004991void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4992 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4993 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004994 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004995 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004996 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004997 bool StructField,
4998 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00004999 bool EncodeClassNames,
5000 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005001 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
5002 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
5003 case Type::Builtin:
5004 case Type::Enum:
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005005 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005006 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005007 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
5008 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
5009 else
5010 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005011 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005012
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005013 case Type::Complex: {
5014 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005015 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005016 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005017 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005018 return;
5019 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005020
5021 case Type::Atomic: {
5022 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
5023 S += 'A';
5024 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0,
5025 false, false);
5026 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00005027 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005028
5029 // encoding for pointer or reference types.
5030 case Type::Pointer:
5031 case Type::LValueReference:
5032 case Type::RValueReference: {
5033 QualType PointeeTy;
5034 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
5035 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
5036 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
5037 S += ':';
5038 return;
5039 }
5040 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
5041 } else {
5042 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
5043 }
5044
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005045 bool isReadOnly = false;
5046 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
5047 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
5048 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005049 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00005050 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005051 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
5052 isReadOnly = true;
5053 S += 'r';
5054 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00005055 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005056 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005057 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
5058 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005059 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
5060 isReadOnly = true;
5061 S += 'r';
5062 }
5063 }
5064 if (isReadOnly) {
5065 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
5066 // combinations need to be rearranged.
5067 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005068 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00005069 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005070 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005071
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005072 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
5073 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
5074 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005075 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005076 S += '*';
5077 return;
5078 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005079 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00005080 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
5081 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
5082 S += '#';
5083 return;
5084 }
5085 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
5086 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
5087 S += '@';
5088 return;
5089 }
5090 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005091 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005092 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005093 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
5094
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005095 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005096 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005097 return;
5098 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005099
5100 case Type::ConstantArray:
5101 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5102 case Type::VariableArray: {
5103 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
5104
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005105 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005106 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
5107 S += '^';
5108
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005109 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005110 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5111 } else {
5112 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005113
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005114 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
5115 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
5116 S += '0';
5117 else
5118 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
5119 } else {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005120 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005121 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
5122 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005123 S += '0';
5124 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005125
5126 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005127 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5128 S += ']';
5129 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005130 return;
5131 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005132
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005133 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
5134 case Type::FunctionProto:
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00005135 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005136 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005137
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005138 case Type::Record: {
5139 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005140 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005141 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
5142 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
5143 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005144 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
5145 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
5146 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
Benjamin Kramer9170e912013-02-22 15:46:01 +00005147 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
5148 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS,
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00005149 TemplateArgs.data(),
5150 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +00005151 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005152 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005153 } else {
5154 S += '?';
5155 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00005156 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005157 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005158 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
5159 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
5160 } else {
5161 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5162 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5163 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
5164 if (FD) {
5165 S += '"';
5166 S += Field->getNameAsString();
5167 S += '"';
5168 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005169
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005170 // Special case bit-fields.
5171 if (Field->isBitField()) {
5172 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005173 *Field);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005174 } else {
5175 QualType qt = Field->getType();
5176 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5177 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
5178 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
5179 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5180 /*StructField*/true);
5181 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005182 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005183 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00005184 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005185 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005186 return;
5187 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005188
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005189 case Type::BlockPointer: {
5190 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00005191 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005192 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005193 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005194
5195 S += '<';
5196 // Block return type
5197 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
5198 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
5199 FD,
5200 false /* OutermostType */,
5201 EncodingProperty,
5202 false /* StructField */,
5203 EncodeBlockParameters,
5204 EncodeClassNames);
5205 // Block self
5206 S += "@?";
5207 // Block parameters
5208 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
5209 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5210 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
5211 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
5212 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5213 ExpandStructures,
5214 FD,
5215 false /* OutermostType */,
5216 EncodingProperty,
5217 false /* StructField */,
5218 EncodeBlockParameters,
5219 EncodeClassNames);
5220 }
5221 }
5222 S += '>';
5223 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005224 return;
5225 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005226
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005227 case Type::ObjCObject:
5228 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
5229 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
5230 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005231
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005232 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed
5233 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'.
5234 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005235 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005236 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005237 S += '{';
5238 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
5239 S += II->getName();
5240 S += '=';
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005241 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005242 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5243 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005244 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005245 if (Field->isBitField())
5246 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005247 else
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005248 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
5249 false, false, false, false, false,
5250 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005251 }
5252 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005253 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005254 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005255
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005256 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
5257 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005258 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
5259 S += '@';
5260 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005261 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005262
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005263 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
5264 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
5265 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
5266 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005267 S += '#';
5268 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005269 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005270
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005271 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005272 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005273 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5274 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005275 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005276 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
5277 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005278 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005279 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5280 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005281 S += '<';
5282 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5283 S += '>';
5284 }
5285 S += '"';
5286 }
5287 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005288 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005289
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005290 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
5291 if (!EncodingProperty &&
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005292 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
5293 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005294 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005295 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005296 // {...};
5297 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005298 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
5299 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005300 NULL,
5301 false, false, false, false, false,
5302 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005303 return;
5304 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005305
5306 S += '@';
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005307 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
5308 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005309 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005310 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005311 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5312 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005313 S += '<';
5314 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5315 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005316 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005317 S += '"';
5318 }
5319 return;
5320 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005321
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005322 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005323 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available.
5324 case Type::MemberPointer:
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005325 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005326
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005327 case Type::Vector:
5328 case Type::ExtVector:
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005329 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
5330 // insufficient.
5331 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
5332 return;
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005333
5334#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5335#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5336#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5337 case Type::KIND:
5338#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5339 case Type::KIND:
5340#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5341 case Type::KIND:
5342#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5343 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005344 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005345 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005346}
5347
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005348void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
5349 std::string &S,
5350 const FieldDecl *FD,
5351 bool includeVBases) const {
5352 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
5353 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
5354 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
5355 return;
5356
5357 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
5358 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
5359 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
5360
5361 if (CXXRec) {
5362 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5363 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
5364 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5365 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
5366 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005367 if (base->isEmpty())
5368 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005369 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005370 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5371 std::make_pair(offs, base));
5372 }
5373 }
5374 }
5375
5376 unsigned i = 0;
5377 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5378 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5379 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
5380 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
5381 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005382 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005383 }
5384
5385 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
5386 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5387 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
5388 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5389 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005390 if (base->isEmpty())
5391 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005392 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81c0b5c2011-09-26 18:14:24 +00005393 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
5394 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
5395 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005396 }
5397 }
5398
5399 CharUnits size;
5400 if (CXXRec) {
5401 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
5402 } else {
5403 size = layout.getSize();
5404 }
5405
5406 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
5407 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
5408 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
5409
Douglas Gregorf5d6c742012-04-27 22:30:01 +00005410 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
5411 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005412 if (FD) {
5413 S += "\"_vptr$";
5414 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
5415 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
5416 S += recname;
5417 S += '"';
5418 }
5419 S += "^^?";
5420 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
5421 }
5422
5423 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
5424 // Mark the end of the structure.
5425 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
5426 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5427 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
5428 }
5429
5430 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
5431 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
5432
5433 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
5434 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
5435 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
5436 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
5437 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
5438 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
5439 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
5440 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
5441 // longer then though.
5442 CurOffs += padding;
5443 }
5444
5445 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
5446 if (dcl == 0)
5447 break; // reached end of structure.
5448
5449 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
5450 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
5451 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
5452 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
5453 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
5454 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005455 assert(!base->isEmpty());
5456 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005457 } else {
5458 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
5459 if (FD) {
5460 S += '"';
5461 S += field->getNameAsString();
5462 S += '"';
5463 }
5464
5465 if (field->isBitField()) {
5466 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005467 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005468 } else {
5469 QualType qt = field->getType();
5470 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5471 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
5472 /*OutermostType*/false,
5473 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5474 /*StructField*/true);
5475 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
5476 }
5477 }
5478 }
5479}
5480
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005481void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00005482 std::string& S) const {
5483 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
5484 S += 'n';
5485 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
5486 S += 'N';
5487 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
5488 S += 'o';
5489 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
5490 S += 'O';
5491 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
5492 S += 'R';
5493 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
5494 S += 'V';
5495}
5496
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00005497TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
5498 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
5499 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
5500 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5501 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5502 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5503 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5504 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5505 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
5506 }
5507
5508 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00005509}
5510
Douglas Gregor52e02802011-08-12 06:17:30 +00005511TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
5512 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
5513 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
5514 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
5515 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5516 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5517 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5518 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
5519 }
5520 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00005521}
5522
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00005523TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
5524 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
5525 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
5526 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5527 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5528 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5529 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5530 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5531 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
5532 }
5533
5534 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00005535}
5536
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +00005537ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
5538 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
5539 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
5540 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5541 SourceLocation(),
5542 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
5543 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
5544 SourceLocation(), true);
5545 }
5546
5547 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
5548}
5549
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005550//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5551// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
5552//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5553
5554static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5555 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list;
5556 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
5557 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5558 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType);
5559
5560 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5561 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5562 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5563 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5564 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5565 TInfo);
5566 return VaListTypeDecl;
5567}
5568
5569static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5570 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
5571 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5572 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5573 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType);
5574
5575 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5576 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5577 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5578 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5579 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5580 TInfo);
5581 return VaListTypeDecl;
5582}
5583
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005584static TypedefDecl *
5585CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5586 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5587 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5588 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5589 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5590 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5591 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5592 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5593 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5594 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5595
5596 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5597 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5598 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5599 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5600 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5601 } else {
5602 // struct __va_list
5603 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5604 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5605 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5606 }
5607
5608 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5609
5610 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5611 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5612 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5613
5614 // void *__stack;
5615 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5616 FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
5617
5618 // void *__gr_top;
5619 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5620 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
5621
5622 // void *__vr_top;
5623 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5624 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
5625
5626 // int __gr_offs;
5627 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
5628 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
5629
5630 // int __vr_offs;
5631 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
5632 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
5633
5634 // Create fields
5635 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5636 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5637 VaListTagDecl,
5638 SourceLocation(),
5639 SourceLocation(),
5640 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5641 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5642 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5643 /*Mutable=*/false,
5644 ICIS_NoInit);
5645 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5646 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5647 }
5648 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5649 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
5650 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
5651
5652 // } __builtin_va_list;
5653 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5654 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5655 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5656 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5657 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5658 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5659
5660 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5661}
5662
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005663static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5664 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5665 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5666
5667 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5668 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5669 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5670 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5671
5672 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5673 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5674 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5675
5676 // unsigned char gpr;
5677 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5678 FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
5679
5680 // unsigned char fpr;
5681 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5682 FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
5683
5684 // unsigned short reserved;
5685 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
5686 FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
5687
5688 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5689 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5690 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
5691
5692 // void* reg_save_area;
5693 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5694 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
5695
5696 // Create fields
5697 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5698 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
5699 SourceLocation(),
5700 SourceLocation(),
5701 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5702 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5703 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5704 /*Mutable=*/false,
5705 ICIS_NoInit);
5706 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5707 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5708 }
5709 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5710 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005711 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005712
5713 // } __va_list_tag;
5714 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5715 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5716 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5717 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5718 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5719 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5720 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5721 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5722
5723 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5724 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5725 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5726 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5727 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5728 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5729 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5730 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5731 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5732 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5733 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5734 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5735 TInfo);
5736
5737 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5738}
5739
5740static TypedefDecl *
5741CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5742 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5743 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5744 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5745 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5746 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5747 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5748
5749 const size_t NumFields = 4;
5750 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5751 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5752
5753 // unsigned gp_offset;
5754 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5755 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
5756
5757 // unsigned fp_offset;
5758 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5759 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
5760
5761 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5762 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5763 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
5764
5765 // void* reg_save_area;
5766 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5767 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
5768
5769 // Create fields
5770 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5771 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5772 VaListTagDecl,
5773 SourceLocation(),
5774 SourceLocation(),
5775 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5776 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5777 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5778 /*Mutable=*/false,
5779 ICIS_NoInit);
5780 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5781 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5782 }
5783 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5784 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005785 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005786
5787 // } __va_list_tag;
5788 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5789 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5790 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5791 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5792 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5793 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5794 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5795 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5796
5797 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5798 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5799 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5800 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5801 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0);
5802 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5803 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5804 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5805 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5806 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5807 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5808 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5809 TInfo);
5810
5811 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5812}
5813
5814static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5815 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
5816 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
5817 QualType IntArrayType
5818 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy,
5819 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5820 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5821 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5822 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5823 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5824 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5825 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType));
5826
5827 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5828}
5829
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005830static TypedefDecl *
5831CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5832 RecordDecl *VaListDecl;
5833 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5834 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5835 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5836 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5837 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5838 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5839 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5840 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5841
5842 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5843 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5844 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5845 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5846
5847 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5848
5849 } else {
5850 // struct __va_list {
5851 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5852 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5853 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5854 }
5855
5856 VaListDecl->startDefinition();
5857
5858 // void * __ap;
5859 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5860 VaListDecl,
5861 SourceLocation(),
5862 SourceLocation(),
5863 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
5864 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
5865 /*TInfo=*/0,
5866 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5867 /*Mutable=*/false,
5868 ICIS_NoInit);
5869 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5870 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
5871
5872 // };
5873 VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
5874
5875 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
5876 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5877 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl));
5878
5879 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5880 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5881 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5882 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5883 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5884 TInfo);
5885
5886 return VaListTypeDecl;
5887}
5888
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005889static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
5890 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
5891 switch (Kind) {
5892 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
5893 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5894 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
5895 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005896 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5897 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005898 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
5899 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5900 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5901 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5902 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
5903 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005904 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
5905 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005906 }
5907
5908 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
5909}
5910
5911TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
5912 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl)
5913 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
5914
5915 return BuiltinVaListDecl;
5916}
5917
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005918QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const {
5919 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list
5920 // declaration.
5921 if (VaListTagTy.isNull())
5922 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl();
5923
5924 return VaListTagTy;
5925}
5926
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005927void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005928 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005929 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005930
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005931 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005932}
5933
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005934/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
5935/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005936TemplateName
5937ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
5938 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005939 unsigned size = End - Begin;
5940 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
5941
5942 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
5943 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
5944 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
5945
5946 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00005947 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005948 NamedDecl *D = *I;
5949 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
5950 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
5951 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
5952 *Storage++ = D;
5953 }
5954
5955 return TemplateName(OT);
5956}
5957
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005958/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
5959/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005960TemplateName
5961ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5962 bool TemplateKeyword,
5963 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00005964 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
5965
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005966 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005967 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5968 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
5969
5970 void *InsertPos = 0;
5971 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
5972 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5973 if (!QTN) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005974 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>())
5975 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005976 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5977 }
5978
5979 return TemplateName(QTN);
5980}
5981
5982/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
5983/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005984TemplateName
5985ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5986 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005987 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00005988 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005989
5990 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5991 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
5992
5993 void *InsertPos = 0;
5994 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
5995 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5996
5997 if (QTN)
5998 return TemplateName(QTN);
5999
6000 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6001 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006002 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6003 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006004 } else {
6005 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006006 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6007 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006008 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
6009 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6010 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
6011 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006012 }
6013
6014 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6015 return TemplateName(QTN);
6016}
6017
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006018/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6019/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
6020TemplateName
6021ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006022 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006023 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
6024 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
6025
6026 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6027 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
6028
6029 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006030 DependentTemplateName *QTN
6031 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006032
6033 if (QTN)
6034 return TemplateName(QTN);
6035
6036 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6037 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006038 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6039 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006040 } else {
6041 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006042 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6043 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006044
6045 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
6046 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6047 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
6048 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006049 }
6050
6051 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6052 return TemplateName(QTN);
6053}
6054
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006055TemplateName
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006056ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
6057 TemplateName replacement) const {
6058 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6059 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
6060
6061 void *insertPos = 0;
6062 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
6063 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
6064
6065 if (!subst) {
6066 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
6067 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
6068 }
6069
6070 return TemplateName(subst);
6071}
6072
6073TemplateName
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006074ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6075 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
6076 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
6077 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6078 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
6079
6080 void *InsertPos = 0;
6081 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
6082 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6083
6084 if (!Subst) {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006085 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006086 ArgPack.pack_size(),
6087 ArgPack.pack_begin());
6088 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
6089 }
6090
6091 return TemplateName(Subst);
6092}
6093
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006094/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00006095/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
6096/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006097CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006098 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006099 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006100 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
6101 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
6102 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
6103 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
6104 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
6105 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
6106 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
6107 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
6108 }
6109
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006110 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006111}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00006112
6113//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6114// Type Predicates.
6115//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6116
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006117/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
6118/// garbage collection attribute.
6119///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006120Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006121 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006122 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
6123
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006124 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006125 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
6126
6127 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
6128 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
6129 // as __strong.
6130 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
6131 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
6132 return Qualifiers::Strong;
6133 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
6134 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
6135 } else {
6136 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
6137 // pointer.
6138#ifndef NDEBUG
6139 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
6140 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
6141 CT = AT->getElementType();
6142 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
6143#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006144 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00006145 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006146}
6147
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006148//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6149// Type Compatibility Testing
6150//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00006151
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006152/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006153/// compatible.
6154static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
6155 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00006156 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006157 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006158 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006159}
6160
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006161bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
6162 QualType SecondVec) {
6163 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
6164 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
6165
6166 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
6167 return true;
6168
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006169 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
6170 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006171 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
6172 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006173 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006174 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006175 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6176 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
6177 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6178 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006179 return true;
6180
6181 return false;
6182}
6183
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006184//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6185// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
6186//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6187
6188/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
6189/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006190bool
6191ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
6192 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00006193 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006194 return true;
6195 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
6196 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
6197 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
6198 return true;
6199 return false;
6200}
6201
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006202/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...>
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006203/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
6204/// otherwise.
6205bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
6206 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6207 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
6208 return false;
6209}
6210
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006211/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
6212/// Class<pr1, ...>.
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006213bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
6214 QualType rhs) {
6215 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6216 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6217 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
6218
6219 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6220 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6221 bool match = false;
6222 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6223 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6224 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6225 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6226 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
6227 match = true;
6228 break;
6229 }
6230 }
6231 if (!match)
6232 return false;
6233 }
6234 return true;
6235}
6236
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006237/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
6238/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
6239bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6240 bool compare) {
6241 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006242 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006243 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
6244 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006245 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006246 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
6247 return true;
6248
6249 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006250 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006251
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006252 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006253
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006254 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006255 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006256 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6257 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6258 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6259 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6260 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6261 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6262 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006263 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006264 return false;
6265 }
6266 }
6267 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
6268 return true;
6269 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006270 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006271 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6272 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6273 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6274 bool match = false;
6275
6276 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6277 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6278 // through its super class and categories.
6279 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6280 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6281 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6282 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6283 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6284 match = true;
6285 break;
6286 }
6287 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006288 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006289 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6290 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6291 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6292 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6293 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6294 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6295 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006296 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006297 match = true;
6298 break;
6299 }
6300 }
6301 }
6302 if (!match)
6303 return false;
6304 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006305
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006306 return true;
6307 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006308
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006309 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
6310 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
6311
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006312 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006313 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006314 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006315 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6316 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6317 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6318 bool match = false;
6319
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006320 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006321 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6322 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006323 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
6324 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006325 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6326 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6327 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6328 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6329 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6330 match = true;
6331 break;
6332 }
6333 }
6334 if (!match)
6335 return false;
6336 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006337
6338 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
6339 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
6340 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6341 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
6342 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
6343 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
6344 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
6345 // assume that it is mismatch.
6346 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
6347 return false;
6348 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6349 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6350 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6351 bool match = false;
6352 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
6353 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6354 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6355 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6356 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6357 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6358 match = true;
6359 break;
6360 }
6361 }
6362 if (!match)
6363 return false;
6364 }
6365 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006366 return true;
6367 }
6368 return false;
6369}
6370
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006371/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006372/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
6373/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
6374///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006375bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6376 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006377 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6378 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6379
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00006380 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006381 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
6382 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006383 return true;
6384
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006385 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006386 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6387 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006388 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006389
6390 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
6391 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6392 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
6393
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006394 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
6395 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006396 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006397
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006398 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006399}
6400
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006401/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00006402/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006403/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
6404/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
6405/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
6406bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6407 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006408 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
6409 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006410 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006411 return true;
6412
6413 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6414 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6415 }
6416
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006417 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006418 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6419 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6420 false);
6421
6422 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6423 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6424 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
6425 if (LHS != RHS) {
6426 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006427 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006428 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006429 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006430 }
6431 else
6432 return true;
6433 }
6434 return false;
6435}
6436
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006437/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
6438/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
6439/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
6440/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
6441static
6442void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
6443 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6444 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006445 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006446
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006447 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6448 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6449 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
6450 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006451
6452 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
6453 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
6454 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
6455 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
6456 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006457 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006458 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
6459 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006460 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6461 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
6462 }
6463
6464 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
6465 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00006466 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
6467 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006468 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
6469 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
6470 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00006471 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006472 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006473 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
6474 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006475 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6476 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6477 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
6478 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
6479 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006480 }
6481}
6482
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006483/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
6484/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
6485/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
6486/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
6487QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006488 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
6489 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
6490 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
6491 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
6492 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
6493 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor0b144e12011-12-15 00:29:59 +00006494 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006495 return QualType();
6496
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006497 do {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006498 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006499 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006500 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006501 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
6502
6503 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
6504 if (!Protocols.empty())
6505 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
6506 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
6507 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006508 }
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006509 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006510
6511 return QualType();
6512}
6513
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006514bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
6515 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
6516 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
6517 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
6518
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006519 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
6520 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006521 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006522 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006523
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006524 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
6525 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00006526 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006527 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006528
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006529 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
6530 // more detailed analysis is required.
6531 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
6532 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
6533 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
6534 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006535 bool IsSuperClass =
6536 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
6537 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006538 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
6539 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
6540 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
6541 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
6542 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006543 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006544 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
6545 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
6546 return false;
6547
6548 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6549 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
6550 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6551 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
6552 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
6553
6554 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6555 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6556 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6557 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
6558 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
6559 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
6560 break;
6561 }
6562 }
6563 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
6564 return false;
6565 }
6566 return true;
6567 }
6568 return false;
6569 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006570
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006571 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6572 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006573 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6574 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
6575
6576 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
6577 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006578 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
6579 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006580 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
6581 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006582 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006583 break;
6584 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006585 }
6586 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
6587 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
6588 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006589 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006590 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
6591 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006592}
6593
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006594bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6595 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006596 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6597 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006598
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006599 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006600 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006601
6602 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
6603 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006604}
6605
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00006606bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
6607 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
6608 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6609 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
6610}
6611
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006612/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006613/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006614/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006615/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006616bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
6617 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006618 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006619 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
6620
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006621 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006622}
6623
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006624bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanianc87c8792011-07-12 23:20:13 +00006625 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006626}
6627
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006628bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6629 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
6630}
6631
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006632/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
6633/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
6634/// QualType()
6635QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
6636 bool OfBlockPointer,
6637 bool Unqualified) {
6638 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
6639 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6640 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
6641 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
6642 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00006643 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006644 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6645 if (!MT.isNull())
6646 return MT;
6647 }
6648 }
6649 }
6650
6651 return QualType();
6652}
6653
6654/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
6655/// argument types
6656QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6657 bool OfBlockPointer,
6658 bool Unqualified) {
6659 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
6660 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
6661 // type is compatible with a union member
6662 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
6663 Unqualified);
6664 if (!lmerge.isNull())
6665 return lmerge;
6666
6667 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
6668 Unqualified);
6669 if (!rmerge.isNull())
6670 return rmerge;
6671
6672 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6673}
6674
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006675QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006676 bool OfBlockPointer,
6677 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006678 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
6679 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006680 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
6681 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006682 bool allLTypes = true;
6683 bool allRTypes = true;
6684
6685 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006686 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006687 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6688 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
6689 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
6690 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
6691 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
6692 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006693 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006694 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006695 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006696 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
6697 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006698 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006699
6700 if (Unqualified)
6701 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
6702
6703 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
6704 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
6705 if (Unqualified) {
6706 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6707 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6708 }
6709
6710 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006711 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006712 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006713 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006714
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00006715 // FIXME: double check this
6716 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6717 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6718 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006719 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
6720 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006721
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006722 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006723 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006724 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006725
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006726 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00006727 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
6728 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006729 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
6730 return QualType();
6731
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006732 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
6733 return QualType();
6734
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006735 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
6736 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006737
Rafael Espindola8778c282012-11-29 16:09:03 +00006738 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6739 allLTypes = false;
6740 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6741 allRTypes = false;
6742
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006743 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006744
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006745 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006746 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
6747 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006748 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
6749 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
6750
6751 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
6752 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
6753 return QualType();
6754
6755 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
6756 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
6757 return QualType();
6758
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00006759 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
6760 return QualType();
6761
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006762 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6763 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
6764 return QualType();
6765
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006766 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006767 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006768 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
6769 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
6770 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006771 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
6772 OfBlockPointer,
6773 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006774 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006775
6776 if (Unqualified)
6777 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6778
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006779 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006780 if (Unqualified) {
6781 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6782 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6783 }
6784
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006785 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
6786 allLTypes = false;
6787 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
6788 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006789 }
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006790
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006791 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6792 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006793
6794 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
6795 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00006796 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006797 }
6798
6799 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
6800 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
6801
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006802 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006803 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006804 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006805 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
6806 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
6807 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
6808 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
6809 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
6810 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
6811 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
6812 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
6813 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006814
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006815 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006816 // to pass enum values.
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006817 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6818 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6819 if (argTy.isNull())
6820 return QualType();
6821 }
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006822
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006823 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
6824 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
6825 return QualType();
6826 }
6827
6828 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6829 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006830
6831 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
6832 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00006833 return getFunctionType(retType,
6834 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(),
6835 proto->getNumArgs()),
6836 EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006837 }
6838
6839 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6840 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006841 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006842}
6843
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00006844/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them.
6845static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET,
6846 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) {
6847 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
6848 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
6849 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
6850 // type.
6851 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6852 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType();
6853 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other))
6854 return other;
6855
6856 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any
6857 // integral type of the same size.
6858 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() &&
6859 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other))
6860 return other;
6861
6862 return QualType();
6863}
6864
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006865QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006866 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006867 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00006868 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
6869 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
6870 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006871 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
6872 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006873 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
6874 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006875
6876 if (Unqualified) {
6877 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6878 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6879 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006880
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006881 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6882 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6883
6884 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6885 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6886 return LHS;
6887
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006888 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00006889 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6890 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006891 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6892 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
6893 // mismatch.
6894 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006895 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
6896 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006897 return QualType();
6898
6899 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6900 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6901 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6902 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6903 // qualified __strong.
6904 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6905 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6906 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6907
6908 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6909 return QualType();
6910
6911 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6912 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
6913 }
6914 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6915 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
6916 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006917 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006918 }
6919
6920 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006921
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00006922 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
6923 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006924
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006925 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
6926 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
6927 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
6928 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00006929
6930 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006931 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6932 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
6933 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6934 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006935
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006936 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
6937 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6938 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6939
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00006940 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
6941 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
6942 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006943
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006944 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006945 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00006946 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum
6947 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006948 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00006949 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006950 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006951 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00006952 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006953 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006954 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian194904e2012-01-26 17:08:50 +00006955 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
6956 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
6957 return LHS;
6958 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
6959 return RHS;
6960 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006961
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006962 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006963 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006964
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00006965 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006966 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006967#define TYPE(Class, Base)
6968#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00006969#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006970#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6971#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6972#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006973 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006974
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006975 case Type::LValueReference:
6976 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006977 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006978 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006979
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006980 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006981 case Type::IncompleteArray:
6982 case Type::VariableArray:
6983 case Type::FunctionProto:
6984 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006985 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006986
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006987 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006988 {
6989 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006990 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6991 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006992 if (Unqualified) {
6993 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6994 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6995 }
6996 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
6997 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006998 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00006999 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007000 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00007001 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007002 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007003 return getPointerType(ResultType);
7004 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007005 case Type::BlockPointer:
7006 {
7007 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007008 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7009 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007010 if (Unqualified) {
7011 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7012 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7013 }
7014 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
7015 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007016 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7017 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7018 return LHS;
7019 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7020 return RHS;
7021 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
7022 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00007023 case Type::Atomic:
7024 {
7025 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
7026 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7027 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7028 if (Unqualified) {
7029 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7030 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7031 }
7032 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
7033 Unqualified);
7034 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7035 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7036 return LHS;
7037 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7038 return RHS;
7039 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
7040 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007041 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007042 {
7043 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
7044 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
7045 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
7046 return QualType();
7047
7048 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
7049 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007050 if (Unqualified) {
7051 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7052 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7053 }
7054
7055 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007056 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007057 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7058 return LHS;
7059 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7060 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007061 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
7062 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
7063 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
7064 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007065 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
7066 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007067 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7068 return LHS;
7069 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7070 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007071 if (LVAT) {
7072 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7073 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
7074 // has to be different.
7075 return LHS;
7076 }
7077 if (RVAT) {
7078 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7079 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
7080 // has to be different.
7081 return RHS;
7082 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007083 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
7084 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00007085 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
7086 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007087 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007088 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007089 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007090 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007091 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007092 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007093 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007094 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007095 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00007096 case Type::Complex:
7097 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
7098 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007099 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007100 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00007101 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
7102 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007103 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007104 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007105 case Type::ObjCObject: {
7106 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007107 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
7108 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007109 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7110 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7111 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00007112 return LHS;
7113
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007114 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00007115 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007116 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007117 if (OfBlockPointer) {
7118 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
7119 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007120 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7121 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007122 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007123 return QualType();
7124 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007125 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7126 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007127 return LHS;
7128
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00007129 return QualType();
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007130 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007131 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007132
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007133 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007134}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00007135
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007136bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
7137 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
7138 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
7139 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
7140 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
7141 return false;
7142 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
7143 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7144 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
7145 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7146 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
7147 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
7148 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
7149 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
7150 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
7151 return false;
7152 }
7153 return true;
7154}
7155
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007156/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
7157/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
7158/// return types.
7159QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7160 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
7161 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
7162 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
7163 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
7164 return LHS;
7165 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
7166 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
7167 return QualType();
7168 QualType OldReturnType =
7169 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7170 QualType NewReturnType =
7171 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7172 QualType ResReturnType =
7173 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
7174 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
7175 return QualType();
7176 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
7177 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
7178 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
7179 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
7180 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007181 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7182 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007183 QualType ResultType
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00007184 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType,
7185 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(),
7186 FPT->getNumArgs()),
7187 EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007188 return ResultType;
7189 }
7190 }
7191 return QualType();
7192 }
7193
7194 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
7195 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7196 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7197 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
7198 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
7199 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
7200 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
7201 return QualType();
7202
7203 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
7204 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
7205 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
7206 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
7207 // qualified __strong.
7208 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7209 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7210 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
7211
7212 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
7213 return QualType();
7214
7215 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
7216 return LHS;
7217 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
7218 return RHS;
7219 return QualType();
7220 }
7221
7222 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7223 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7224 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7225 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
7226 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
7227 return LHS;
7228 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
7229 return RHS;
7230 }
7231 return QualType();
7232}
7233
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00007234//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007235// Integer Predicates
7236//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00007237
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007238unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00007239 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00007240 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00007241 if (T->isBooleanType())
7242 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00007243 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007244 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
7245}
7246
Abramo Bagnara13640492012-09-09 10:21:24 +00007247QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00007248 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007249
7250 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
7251 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
7252 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007253 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007254
7255 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
7256 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007257 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007258
7259 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7260 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007261 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
7262 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
7263 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7264 return UnsignedCharTy;
7265 case BuiltinType::Short:
7266 return UnsignedShortTy;
7267 case BuiltinType::Int:
7268 return UnsignedIntTy;
7269 case BuiltinType::Long:
7270 return UnsignedLongTy;
7271 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7272 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00007273 case BuiltinType::Int128:
7274 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007275 default:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007276 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007277 }
7278}
7279
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00007280ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
7281
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007282
7283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7284// Builtin Type Computation
7285//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7286
7287/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007288/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
7289/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
7290/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
7291/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007292///
7293/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
7294/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007295static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007296 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007297 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007298 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007299 // Modifiers.
7300 int HowLong = 0;
7301 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007302 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007303
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007304 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007305 bool Done = false;
7306 while (!Done) {
7307 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007308 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007309 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007310 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007311 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007312 case 'S':
7313 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7314 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7315 Signed = true;
7316 break;
7317 case 'U':
7318 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7319 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7320 Unsigned = true;
7321 break;
7322 case 'L':
7323 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
7324 ++HowLong;
7325 break;
7326 }
7327 }
7328
7329 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007330
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007331 // Read the base type.
7332 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007333 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007334 case 'v':
7335 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7336 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
7337 Type = Context.VoidTy;
7338 break;
7339 case 'f':
7340 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7341 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
7342 Type = Context.FloatTy;
7343 break;
7344 case 'd':
7345 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7346 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
7347 if (HowLong)
7348 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
7349 else
7350 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
7351 break;
7352 case 's':
7353 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
7354 if (Unsigned)
7355 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7356 else
7357 Type = Context.ShortTy;
7358 break;
7359 case 'i':
7360 if (HowLong == 3)
7361 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
7362 else if (HowLong == 2)
7363 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
7364 else if (HowLong == 1)
7365 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
7366 else
7367 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
7368 break;
7369 case 'c':
7370 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
7371 if (Signed)
7372 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
7373 else if (Unsigned)
7374 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7375 else
7376 Type = Context.CharTy;
7377 break;
7378 case 'b': // boolean
7379 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
7380 Type = Context.BoolTy;
7381 break;
7382 case 'z': // size_t.
7383 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
7384 Type = Context.getSizeType();
7385 break;
7386 case 'F':
7387 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
7388 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00007389 case 'G':
7390 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
7391 break;
7392 case 'H':
7393 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
7394 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00007395 case 'M':
7396 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
7397 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007398 case 'a':
7399 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7400 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
7401 break;
7402 case 'A':
7403 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
7404 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
7405 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
7406 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
7407 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
7408 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
7409 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
7410 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
7411 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7412 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007413 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007414 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007415 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007416 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007417 break;
7418 case 'V': {
7419 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007420 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7421 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007422 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007423
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007424 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
7425 RequiresICE, false);
7426 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007427
7428 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00007429 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007430 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007431 break;
7432 }
Douglas Gregorfed66992012-06-07 18:08:25 +00007433 case 'E': {
7434 char *End;
7435
7436 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7437 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
7438
7439 Str = End;
7440
7441 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7442 false);
7443 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
7444 break;
7445 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007446 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007447 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7448 false);
7449 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007450 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
7451 break;
Fariborz Jahanian73952fc2011-08-23 23:33:09 +00007452 }
7453 case 'Y' : {
7454 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
7455 break;
7456 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007457 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00007458 Type = Context.getFILEType();
7459 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007460 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007461 return QualType();
7462 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007463 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007464 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007465 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007466 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007467 else
7468 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
7469
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007470 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007471 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007472 return QualType();
7473 }
7474 break;
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00007475 case 'K':
7476 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
7477 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
7478
7479 if (Type.isNull()) {
7480 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
7481 return QualType();
7482 }
7483 break;
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00007484 case 'p':
7485 Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
7486 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007487 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007488
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007489 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
7490 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007491 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00007492 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007493 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
7494 case '*':
7495 case '&': {
7496 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
7497 // qualified with an address space.
7498 char *End;
7499 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7500 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
7501 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
7502 Str = End;
7503 }
7504 if (c == '*')
7505 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
7506 else
7507 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
7508 break;
7509 }
7510 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
7511 case 'C':
7512 Type = Type.withConst();
7513 break;
7514 case 'D':
7515 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
7516 break;
Ted Kremenekf2a2f5f2012-01-20 21:40:12 +00007517 case 'R':
7518 Type = Type.withRestrict();
7519 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007520 }
7521 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007522
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007523 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007524 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007525
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007526 return Type;
7527}
7528
7529/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007530QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007531 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007532 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007533 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007534
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007535 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007536
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007537 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007538 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007539 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
7540 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007541 if (Error != GE_None)
7542 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007543
7544 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
7545
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007546 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007547 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007548 if (Error != GE_None)
7549 return QualType();
7550
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007551 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
7552 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
7553 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
7554 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
7555
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007556 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
7557 if (Ty->isArrayType())
7558 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007559
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007560 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
7561 }
7562
7563 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
7564 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
7565
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007566 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
7567 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
7568
7569 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
7570
7571 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
7572 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
7573 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00007574
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007575 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007576 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
7577 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007578
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00007579 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007580}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00007581
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007582GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7583 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7584
7585 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007586 switch (L) {
7587 case NoLinkage:
7588 case InternalLinkage:
7589 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7590 return GVA_Internal;
7591
7592 case ExternalLinkage:
7593 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
7594 case TSK_Undeclared:
7595 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7596 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7597 break;
7598
7599 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7600 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7601
7602 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7603 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7604 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7605 break;
7606 }
7607 }
7608
7609 if (!FD->isInlined())
7610 return External;
7611
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007612 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007613 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
7614 // externally visible.
7615 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
7616 return External;
7617
7618 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
7619 return GVA_C99Inline;
7620 }
7621
7622 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
7623 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
7624 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
7625 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
7626 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
7627 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
7628 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7629 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
7630 return GVA_C99Inline;
7631
7632 return GVA_CXXInline;
7633}
7634
7635GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
7636 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
7637 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
7638 // template.
7639 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
7640 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
7641 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
7642
7643 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007644
7645 switch (L) {
7646 case NoLinkage:
7647 case InternalLinkage:
7648 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7649 return GVA_Internal;
7650
7651 case ExternalLinkage:
7652 switch (TSK) {
7653 case TSK_Undeclared:
7654 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7655 return GVA_StrongExternal;
7656
7657 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7658 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
7659 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
7660
7661 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7662 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7663
7664 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7665 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7666 }
7667 }
7668
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007669 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007670}
7671
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00007672bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007673 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7674 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
7675 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa98e8612011-09-13 21:35:00 +00007676 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007677 return false;
7678
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007679 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
7680 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
7681 return false;
7682
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007683 // Aliases and used decls are required.
7684 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7685 return true;
7686
7687 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7688 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Alexis Hunt4a8ea102011-05-06 20:44:56 +00007689 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewycky26da4dd2011-07-18 05:26:13 +00007690 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007691
7692 // Constructors and destructors are required.
7693 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
7694 return true;
7695
John McCall6bd2a892013-01-25 22:31:03 +00007696 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes
7697 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
7698 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7699 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7700 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7701 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
7702 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
7703 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
7704 return true;
7705 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007706 }
7707 }
7708
7709 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
7710
7711 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
7712 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
7713 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
7714 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
Anton Yartsev79de4d42012-02-02 06:06:34 +00007715 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007716 return false;
7717 return true;
7718 }
Douglas Gregor87d81242011-09-10 00:22:34 +00007719
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007720 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
7721 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
7722
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007723 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
7724 return false;
7725
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007726 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007727 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007728 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
7729 return true;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007730
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007731 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
7732 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
7733 return true;
7734
7735 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
7736 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))
7737 return true;
7738
7739 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007740}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007741
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007742CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) {
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007743 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007744 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic);
7745}
7746
7747CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007748 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD &&
7749 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault())
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007750 return CC_Default;
7751 return CC;
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007752}
7753
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007754bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00007755 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
7756 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
7757}
7758
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007759MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007760 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00007761 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007762 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
7763 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
7764 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007765 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007766 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007767 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
7768 }
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007769 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007770}
7771
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007772CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007773
7774size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek7d39c9a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00007775 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
7776 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
7777 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
7778 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
7779 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
7780 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
7781 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
7782 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
7783 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
7784 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
7785 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
7786 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00007787 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00007788 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007789}
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007790
David Blaikie095deba2012-11-14 01:52:05 +00007791void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) {
7792 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too
7793 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() ||
7794 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
7795 return;
7796
7797 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P =
7798 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0));
7799 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++));
7800}
7801
7802int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const {
7803 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
7804 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag);
7805 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1;
7806}
7807
Douglas Gregor63798542012-02-20 19:44:39 +00007808unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
7809 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent();
7810 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()]
7811 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator);
7812}
7813
7814
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007815void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
7816 ParamIndices[D] = index;
7817}
7818
7819unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
7820 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
7821 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
7822 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
7823 return I->second;
7824}